EP0492934B1 - Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof - Google Patents

Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP0492934B1
EP0492934B1 EP91311701A EP91311701A EP0492934B1 EP 0492934 B1 EP0492934 B1 EP 0492934B1 EP 91311701 A EP91311701 A EP 91311701A EP 91311701 A EP91311701 A EP 91311701A EP 0492934 B1 EP0492934 B1 EP 0492934B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
parts
mixture
oil
composition
phosphorus
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime
Application number
EP91311701A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP0492934A1 (en
Inventor
Andrew George Papay
Rolfe John Hartley
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Afton Chemical Corp
Original Assignee
Afton Chemical Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Afton Chemical Corp filed Critical Afton Chemical Corp
Publication of EP0492934A1 publication Critical patent/EP0492934A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP0492934B1 publication Critical patent/EP0492934B1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M167/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a mixture of a macromolecular compound, a non-macromolecular compound and a compound of unknown or incompletely defined constitution, each of these compounds being essential
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M129/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen
    • C10M129/02Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
    • C10M129/04Hydroxy compounds
    • C10M129/10Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M129/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen
    • C10M129/02Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
    • C10M129/26Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof
    • C10M129/28Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M129/38Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having 8 or more carbon atoms
    • C10M129/40Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having 8 or more carbon atoms monocarboxylic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M129/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen
    • C10M129/02Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
    • C10M129/68Esters
    • C10M129/72Esters of polycarboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M129/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen
    • C10M129/86Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen having a carbon chain of 30 or more atoms
    • C10M129/95Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M133/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
    • C10M133/02Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
    • C10M133/04Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M133/12Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M133/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
    • C10M133/52Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of 30 or more atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M135/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium
    • C10M135/02Sulfurised compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M135/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium
    • C10M135/08Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium containing a sulfur-to-oxygen bond
    • C10M135/10Sulfonic acids or derivatives thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M135/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium
    • C10M135/32Heterocyclic sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds
    • C10M135/36Heterocyclic sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds the ring containing sulfur and carbon with nitrogen or oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M145/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a macromolecular compound containing oxygen
    • C10M145/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M145/10Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing monomers having an unsaturated radical bound to a carboxyl radical, e.g. acrylate
    • C10M145/12Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing monomers having an unsaturated radical bound to a carboxyl radical, e.g. acrylate monocarboxylic
    • C10M145/14Acrylate; Methacrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M145/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a macromolecular compound containing oxygen
    • C10M145/18Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M145/24Polyethers
    • C10M145/26Polyoxyalkylenes
    • C10M145/36Polyoxyalkylenes etherified
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M155/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a macromolecular compound containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M143/00 - C10M153/00
    • C10M155/02Monomer containing silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M159/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being of unknown or incompletely defined constitution
    • C10M159/12Reaction products
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M159/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being of unknown or incompletely defined constitution
    • C10M159/12Reaction products
    • C10M159/123Reaction products obtained by phosphorus or phosphorus-containing compounds, e.g. P x S x with organic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M159/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being of unknown or incompletely defined constitution
    • C10M159/12Reaction products
    • C10M159/16Reaction products obtained by Mannich reactions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M159/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being of unknown or incompletely defined constitution
    • C10M159/12Reaction products
    • C10M159/20Reaction mixtures having an excess of neutralising base, e.g. so-called overbasic or highly basic products
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M163/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a mixture of a compound of unknown or incompletely defined constitution and a non-macromolecular compound, each of these compounds being essential
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/02Hydroxy compounds
    • C10M2207/023Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/02Hydroxy compounds
    • C10M2207/023Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2207/026Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings with tertiary alkyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/02Hydroxy compounds
    • C10M2207/023Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2207/027Neutral salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/02Hydroxy compounds
    • C10M2207/023Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2207/028Overbased salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/10Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
    • C10M2207/12Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2207/125Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of eight up to twenty-nine carbon atoms, i.e. fatty acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/10Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
    • C10M2207/12Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2207/125Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of eight up to twenty-nine carbon atoms, i.e. fatty acids
    • C10M2207/126Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of eight up to twenty-nine carbon atoms, i.e. fatty acids monocarboxylic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/10Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
    • C10M2207/12Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2207/129Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of thirty or more carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/10Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
    • C10M2207/14Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2207/144Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings containing hydroxy groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/10Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
    • C10M2207/14Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2207/146Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membeered aromatic rings having a hydrocarbon substituent of thirty or more carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/26Overbased carboxylic acid salts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/26Overbased carboxylic acid salts
    • C10M2207/262Overbased carboxylic acid salts derived from hydroxy substituted aromatic acids, e.g. salicylates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/28Esters
    • C10M2207/282Esters of (cyclo)aliphatic oolycarboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/28Esters
    • C10M2207/285Esters of aromatic polycarboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/28Esters
    • C10M2207/286Esters of polymerised unsaturated acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/28Esters
    • C10M2207/34Esters having a hydrocarbon substituent of thirty or more carbon atoms, e.g. substituted succinic acid derivatives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2209/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2209/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M2209/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing monomers having an unsaturated radical bound to a carboxyl radical, e.g. acrylate type
    • C10M2209/084Acrylate; Methacrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2209/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2209/10Macromolecular compoundss obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M2209/103Polyethers, i.e. containing di- or higher polyoxyalkylene groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2209/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2209/10Macromolecular compoundss obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M2209/103Polyethers, i.e. containing di- or higher polyoxyalkylene groups
    • C10M2209/104Polyethers, i.e. containing di- or higher polyoxyalkylene groups of alkylene oxides containing two carbon atoms only
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2209/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2209/10Macromolecular compoundss obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M2209/103Polyethers, i.e. containing di- or higher polyoxyalkylene groups
    • C10M2209/108Polyethers, i.e. containing di- or higher polyoxyalkylene groups etherified
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/04Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/04Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2215/042Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups; Alkoxylated derivatives thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2215/064Di- and triaryl amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2215/064Di- and triaryl amines
    • C10M2215/065Phenyl-Naphthyl amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2215/066Arylene diamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2215/067Polyaryl amine alkanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C10M2215/068Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having amino groups bound to polycyclic aromatic ring systems, i.e. systems with three or more condensed rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/24Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions having hydrocarbon substituents containing thirty or more carbon atoms, e.g. nitrogen derivatives of substituted succinic acid
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/26Amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2217/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2217/04Macromolecular compounds from nitrogen-containing monomers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M2217/043Mannich bases
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2217/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2217/04Macromolecular compounds from nitrogen-containing monomers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10M2217/046Polyamines, i.e. macromoleculars obtained by condensation of more than eleven amine monomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2217/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2217/06Macromolecular compounds obtained by functionalisation op polymers with a nitrogen containing compound
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/02Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/02Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds
    • C10M2219/024Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds of esters, e.g. fats
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/04Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions containing sulfur-to-oxygen bonds, i.e. sulfones, sulfoxides
    • C10M2219/044Sulfonic acids, Derivatives thereof, e.g. neutral salts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/04Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions containing sulfur-to-oxygen bonds, i.e. sulfones, sulfoxides
    • C10M2219/046Overbasedsulfonic acid salts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/08Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals
    • C10M2219/082Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals containing sulfur atoms bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2219/087Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals containing sulfur atoms bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups; Derivatives thereof, e.g. sulfurised phenols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/08Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals
    • C10M2219/082Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals containing sulfur atoms bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2219/087Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals containing sulfur atoms bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups; Derivatives thereof, e.g. sulfurised phenols
    • C10M2219/088Neutral salts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/08Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals
    • C10M2219/082Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals containing sulfur atoms bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2219/087Thiols; Sulfides; Polysulfides; Mercaptals containing sulfur atoms bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups; Derivatives thereof, e.g. sulfurised phenols
    • C10M2219/089Overbased salts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/10Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/10Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
    • C10M2219/102Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring containing sulfur and carbon only in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/10Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
    • C10M2219/104Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring containing sulfur and carbon with nitrogen or oxygen in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/10Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
    • C10M2219/104Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring containing sulfur and carbon with nitrogen or oxygen in the ring
    • C10M2219/106Thiadiazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2219/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2219/10Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
    • C10M2219/104Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring containing sulfur and carbon with nitrogen or oxygen in the ring
    • C10M2219/108Phenothiazine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2223/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2223/06Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions having phosphorus-to-carbon bonds
    • C10M2223/065Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions having phosphorus-to-carbon bonds containing sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2223/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2223/12Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions obtained by phosphorisation of organic compounds, e.g. with PxSy, PxSyHal or PxOy
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2223/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2223/12Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions obtained by phosphorisation of organic compounds, e.g. with PxSy, PxSyHal or PxOy
    • C10M2223/121Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions obtained by phosphorisation of organic compounds, e.g. with PxSy, PxSyHal or PxOy of alcohols or phenols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2225/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2225/04Organic macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions obtained by phosphorisation of macromolecualr compounds not containing phosphorus in the monomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2227/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2203/00, C10M2207/00, C10M2211/00, C10M2215/00, C10M2219/00 or C10M2223/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2227/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2203/00, C10M2207/00, C10M2211/00, C10M2215/00, C10M2219/00 or C10M2223/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2227/06Organic compounds derived from inorganic acids or metal salts
    • C10M2227/061Esters derived from boron
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/02Unspecified siloxanes; Silicones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/041Siloxanes with specific structure containing aliphatic substituents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/042Siloxanes with specific structure containing aromatic substituents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/043Siloxanes with specific structure containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/044Siloxanes with specific structure containing silicon-to-hydrogen bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/045Siloxanes with specific structure containing silicon-to-hydroxyl bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/046Siloxanes with specific structure containing silicon-oxygen-carbon bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/047Siloxanes with specific structure containing alkylene oxide groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/048Siloxanes with specific structure containing carboxyl groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/05Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/05Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon
    • C10M2229/051Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon containing halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/05Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon
    • C10M2229/052Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon containing nitrogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/05Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon
    • C10M2229/053Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon containing sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2229/00Organic macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2205/00, C10M2209/00, C10M2213/00, C10M2217/00, C10M2221/00 or C10M2225/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2229/04Siloxanes with specific structure
    • C10M2229/05Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon
    • C10M2229/054Siloxanes with specific structure containing atoms other than silicon, hydrogen, oxygen or carbon containing phosphorus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2010/00Metal present as such or in compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2010/00Metal present as such or in compounds
    • C10N2010/02Groups 1 or 11
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2010/00Metal present as such or in compounds
    • C10N2010/04Groups 2 or 12
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2020/00Specified physical or chemical properties or characteristics, i.e. function, of component of lubricating compositions
    • C10N2020/01Physico-chemical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/02Bearings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/06Instruments or other precision apparatus, e.g. damping fluids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/135Steam engines or turbines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/14Electric or magnetic purposes
    • C10N2040/16Dielectric; Insulating oil or insulators
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/14Electric or magnetic purposes
    • C10N2040/17Electric or magnetic purposes for electric contacts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/251Alcohol-fuelled engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/252Diesel engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/252Diesel engines
    • C10N2040/253Small diesel engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/255Gasoline engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/255Gasoline engines
    • C10N2040/28Rotary engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/30Refrigerators lubricants or compressors lubricants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/32Wires, ropes or cables lubricants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/34Lubricating-sealants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/36Release agents or mold release agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/38Conveyors or chain belts
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/40Generators or electric motors in oil or gas winning field
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/42Flashing oils or marking oils
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/44Super vacuum or supercritical use
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/50Medical uses
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2070/00Specific manufacturing methods for lubricant compositions
    • C10N2070/02Concentrating of additives

Definitions

  • This invention relates to oleaginous compositions of enhanced performance characteristics, to additive concentrates for enhancing the performance characteristics of oleaginous base fluids (e.g., lubricants and functional fluids), and to methods of achieving such enhanced performance characteristics.
  • oleaginous base fluids e.g., lubricants and functional fluids
  • Still another desirable objective is to provide additive formulations and oleaginous compositions which exhibit good compatibility with elastomeric substances utilized in the manufacture of seals, gaskets, clutch plate facings, and like parts.
  • commonly used additives containing basic nitrogen constituents tend to cause excessive degradation of such elastomers when oils containing such additives come in contact with such elastomers during actual service conditions.
  • This invention provides additive systems capable of imparting enhanced performance characteristics to natural and synthetic oils of lubricating viscosity.
  • this invention makes it possible to achieve such enhanced performance with additive systems devoid of heavy metal-containing performance enhancers such as heavy metal-containing dithiophosphates, xanthates and/or dithiocarbamates.
  • this invention makes it possible to achieve a high level of performance without use of conventional heavy metal-containing performance enhancer additives such as zinc dialkyldithiophosphates.
  • water is removed at least during or after the heating with (ii) and (iii) (if conducted concurrently) or at least during or after the heating with (ii) (if conducted sequentially).
  • compositions make it possible to achieve performance levels (reduction in sludge formation and/or deposition and reduction in wear in gears and/or other relatively moveable metal surfaces in contact with each other) normally achieved, if at all, by use of heavy metal-containing additive components such as zinc dialkyldithiophosphates.
  • Another advantageous feature of this invention is that combinations of components a) and b) can exhibit good compatibility toward elastomers commonly employed in the manufacture of seals or gaskets, clutch plate facings, etc., such as nitrile rubbers, fluoroelastomers, and silicon-containing (e.g., silicone-type) elastomers. In other words, such elastomers are not subjected to excessive degradation when in contact under actual service conditions with preferred lubricant or functional fluid compositions of this invention.
  • component a) is composed of one or more overbased alkali metal-containing and/or overbased alkaline earth metal-containing detergents of the types generally known to be useful in oleaginous fluids (e.g., over- based sulfonates, overbased phenates, overbased sulfurized phenates, overbased salicylates, overbased sulfurized salicylates, etc.).
  • over- based sulfonates e.g., over- based sulfonates, overbased phenates, overbased sulfurized phenates, overbased salicylates, overbased sulfurized salicylates, etc.
  • Additive concentrates comprising at least components a) and b) above constitute additional embodiments of this invention.
  • crankcase lubricant composition which comprises a major proportion of at least one oil of lubricating viscosity and a minor proportion of at least the following components:
  • Additive concentrates which comprise at least components a), b), c), and d) as set forth above, and which when blended with a base oil of lubricating viscosity provide a lubricant satisfying the foregoing Sequence IID, IIIE, and VE procedures; and/or the L-38 procedure; and/or at least one of the Caterpillar@ 1G(2) and Caterpillar@ 1H(2) procedures constitute still additional especially preferred embodiments of this invention.
  • the most preferred preferred embodiments are lubricant compositions and additive concentrates which satisfy the requirements of all of the Sequence IID, Sequence IIIE, Sequence VE, L38, Caterpillar@ 1G(2) and Caterpillar@ 1H(2) procedures.
  • Additional preferred embodiments of this invention are oleaginous compositions and additive concentrates in which the relative proportions of components a) and b) are such that the weight ratio of alkali and/or alkaline earth metal(s) in the form of component a) to phosphorus in the form of component b), respectively, falls in the range of about 0.2:1 to about 10:1 (more preferably in the range of about 0.2:1 to about 5:1, and most preferably in the range of about 0.25:1 to about4:1).
  • lubricants and functional fluids containing components a) and b) proportioned as specified in this paragraph wherein the total content of metals in the form of component a) is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1, preferably in the range of about 0.01 to about 0.5, and most preferably in the range of about 0.02 to about 0.3 weight percent of metal(s) based on the total weight of the lubricant composition or functional fluid composition.
  • the total content of metals in the form of component a) is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1, preferably in the range of about 0.01 to about 0.5, and most preferably in the range of about 0.02 to about 0.3 weight percent of metal(s) based on the total weight of the lubricant composition or functional fluid composition.
  • compositions and additive concentrates in which one or more sulfur-free phosphorus compounds are used in forming component b). This reduces the possibility of hydrogen sulfide evolution from component b) during long periods of storage under elevated temperatures.
  • Still further preferred embodiments of this invention comprise lubricant compositions formulated for use as crankcase lubricants for gasoline and/or diesel engines containing at least components a) and b) in proportions such that the overall composition has a TBN of at least 4.
  • inventions of this invent ion include the provision of methods for inhibiting sludge format ion and/or deposition in oils normally tending to occur during actual service conditions, and methods for imparting antiwear and/or extreme pressure properties to oils of lubricating viscosity. Also provided are methods of inhibiting elastomer degradation, particularly fluoroelastomer and silicone elastomer degradation, in systems wherein an elastomer is maintained in contact with an oleaginous composition containing one or more basic nitrogen-containing components.
  • Yet another embodiment of this invention is the provision of ways of reducing scuffing wear, especially scuffing wear of the type experienced when operating an internal combustion engine on a periodical basis so that it must be started from time to time by cranking the engine after it has been standing idle and is not warmed up through prior operation.
  • Use of the oleaginous compositions of this invention as crankcase lubricants can reduce such scuffing wear.
  • this invention provides a method of reducing scuffing wear in an internal combustion engine which comprises providing as the crankcase lubricant for the engine, a lubricant composition of this invention and operating the engine on a discontinuous basis such that the engine is started by cranking from time to time.
  • the metal-containing detergents of the compositions of this invention are exemplified by oil-soluble over- based salts of alkali or alkaline earth metals with one or more of the following acidic substances (or mixtures thereof): (1) sulfonic acids, (2) carboxylic acids, (3) salicylic acids, (4) alkylphenols, (5) sulfurized alkylphenols, (6) organic phosphorus acids characterized by at least one direct carbon-to-phosphorus linkage.
  • Such organic phosphorus acids include those prepared by the treatment of an olefin polymer (e.g., polyisobutene having a molecular weight of 1,000) with a phosphorizing agent such as phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus heptasulfide, phosphorus pentasulfide, phosphorus trichloride and sulfur, white phosphorus and a sulfur halide, or phosphorothioic chloride.
  • a phosphorizing agent such as phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus heptasulfide, phosphorus pentasulfide, phosphorus trichloride and sulfur, white phosphorus and a sulfur halide, or phosphorothioic chloride.
  • the preferred salts of such acids from the cost-effectiveness, toxicological, and environmental standpoints are the salts of sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, and magnesium.
  • the salts for use as component a) are overbased salts having
  • overbased in connection with composition a) is used to designate metal salts wherein the metal is present in stoichiometrically larger amounts than the organic acid radical.
  • the commonly employed methods for preparing the over-based salts involve heating a mineral oil solution of an acid with a stoichiometric excess of a metal neutralizing agent such as the metal oxide, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or sulfide at a temperature of about 50°C, and filtering the resulting mass.
  • a "promoter” in the neutralization step to aid the incorporation of a large excess of metal likewise is known.
  • Examples of compounds useful as the promoter include phenolic substances such as phenol, naphthol, alkylphenol, thiophenol, sulfurized alkylphenol, and condensation products of formaldehyde with a phenolic substance; alcohols such as methanol, 2-propanol, octyl alcohol, Cellosolve alcohol, Carbitol alcohol, ethylene glycol, stearyl alcohol, and cyclohexyl alcohol; and amines such as aniline, phenylenediamine, phenothiazine,phenyl-betanaphthylamine, and dodecyl-amine.
  • a particularly effective method for preparing the basic salts comprises mixing an acid with an excess of a basic alkaline earth metal neutralizing agent and at least one alcohol promoter, and carbonating the mixture at an elevated temperature such as 60°-200°C.
  • suitable metal-containing detergents include, but are not limited to, overbased salts of such substances as lithium phenates, sodium phenates, potassium phenates, calcium phenates, magnesium phenates, sulfurized lithium phenates, sulfurized sodium phenates, sulfurized potassium phenates, sulfurized calcium phenates, and sulfurized magnesium phenates wherein each aromatic group has one or more aliphatic groups to impart hydrocarbon solubility; lithium sulfonates, sodium sulfonates, potassium sulfonates, calcium sulfonates, and magnesium sulfonates wherein each sulfonic acid moiety is attached to an aromatic nucleus which in turn usually contains one or more aliphatic substituents to impart hydrocarbon solubility; lithium salicylates, sodium salicylates, potassium salicylates, calcium salicylates, and magnesium salicylates wherein the aromatic moiety is usually substituted by one or more aliphatic substituents to impart hydrocarbon solubility; the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium
  • overbased salts of two or more different alkali and/or alkaline earth metals can be used.
  • overbased salts of mixtures of two or more different acids or two or more different types of acids e.g., one or more overbased calcium phenates with one or more overbased calcium sulfonates
  • acids e.g., one or more overbased calcium phenates with one or more overbased calcium sulfonates
  • overbased metal detergents are generally regarded as containing overbasing quantities of inorganic bases, probably in the form of micro dispersions or colloidal suspensions.
  • oil-soluble as applied to component a) materials is intended to include metal detergents wherein inorganic bases are present that are not necessarily completely or truly oil-soluble in the strict sense of the term, inasmuch as such detergents when mixed into base oils behave in much the same way as if they were fully and totally dissolved in the oil.
  • the overbased metal detergents utilized as component a) can, if desired, be oil-soluble boronated over- based alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergents. Methods for preparing boronated, overbased metal detergents are described, for example, in U. S. Pat. Nos. 3,480,548; 3,679,584; 3,829,381; 3,909,691; 4,965,003; and 4,965,004.
  • Particularly preferred metal detergents for use as component a) are one or more overbased calcium sulfonates, one or more overbased magnesium sulfonates, and combinations of one or more overbased calcium sulfonates and one or more overbased magnesium sulfonates, in all cases satisfying the TBN requirements set forth hereinabove.
  • the other indispensable additive ingredient of the compositions of this invention is comprised of one or more oil-soluble additive compositions formed by heating concurrently or any sequence at least one ashless dispersant which contains basic nitrogen and/orat least one hydroxyl group with (i) at least one inorganic phosphorus acid or anhydride or at least one partial or total sulfur analog thereof, or any combination of the foregoing; or (ii) at least one water-hydrolyzable organic compound of phosphorus -- preferably a water-hydrolyzable ester of an acid of phosphorus -- and water; and (iii) at least one boron compound, such that a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition is formed, and from which water has been removed when (ii) and (iii) are used.
  • the ashless dispersant which is heated concurrently or in any sequence with components (i) or (ii) and (iii) is preferably a preformed ashless dispersant containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group.
  • any suitable ashless dispersant formed in the customary manner can be heated with one or more boron compounds to cause boronation to occur and the resultant product mixture can then be heated with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water, such that a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition [component b)] is formed.
  • a preformed ashless dispersant can be heated with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water, and thereafter the product mixture can be heated with one or more boron compounds so that a liquid phosphorus-and boron-containing composition is formed.
  • the preferred way of forming component b) is to heat a preformed ashless dispersant with a combination of one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds and one or more boron compounds to form a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition.
  • component b) in the preferred manner, the preformed ashless dispersant is concurrently heated with one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds and one or more boron compounds. In all cases, the resulting liquid product composition when subjected to chemical analysis reveals the presence of both phosphorus and boron.
  • component b) Rather than uti lizing a preformed ashless dispersant containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group, it is possible to produce component b) by:
  • component b in any instance wherein macro (i.e., non-dispersible) solids are formed or remain in the liquid composition after it has been formed, such solids should be removed, and can be readily removed, by any of a variety of conventional separation techniques such as filtration, centrifugation, decantation, or the like.
  • macro i.e., non-dispersible
  • component b) is in whole or in part a micellar structure containing phosphorus- and/or boron-containing species or moieties.
  • this invention is not limited to, and should not be construed as being limited to, any specific structural configurations with respect to component b).
  • component b) is a liquid that is oil soluble and that if subjected to analysis reveals the presence of both phosphorus and boron.
  • component b) should possess dispersant properties.
  • the phosphorylated and boronated dispersants utilized as component b) in the compositions of this invention when in their undiluted state should have on a weight basis a phosphorus content of at least 100 parts per million (ppm) (preferably at least 500 ppm and more preferably at least 1000 ppm) and a boron content of at least 100 ppm (preferably at least 500 ppm and more preferably at least 1000 ppm).
  • component b) may contain chemical species and/or moieties besides the phosphorus- and boron-containing species or moieties such as, for example, nitrogen- and/oroxy- gen- and/or sulfur-containing species or moieties over and above the basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl group(s) forming an essential part of the initial ashless dispersant itself. It is also to be understood and appreciated that organic phosphorus-containing compounds may be used along with inorganic phosphorus compounds in making component b).
  • the inorganic phosphorus compound or compounds can be formed in situ, as, for example, by heating a mixture of phosphorus and sulfur to form a phosphorus sulfide, or by treating one or more organic phosphorus compounds to convert the same in whole or in part into one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds.
  • inorganic phosphorus-containing compounds may be used along with water and one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds in making component b).
  • the water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound or compounds can be formed in situ, as, for example, by heating a mixture of one or more alcohols or phenols with one or more phosphorus halides (e.g., PC1 3 , POCI 3 , PSCI 3 , RPCI 2 , ROPCI 2 , RSPCI 2 , RPOCI 2 , ROPOCI 2 , RSPOCI 2 , RPSCI 2 , ROPSCI 2 , RSPSCI 2 , R 2 PCI, (RO) 2 PCI, (RS) 2 PCl, (RO)(RS)PCI, R 2 POCI, (RO) 2 POCI, (RS) 2 POCI, (RO)(RS)POCI, R 2 PSCI, (RO) 2 PSCI, (RS) 2 PSCI, etc., where each R is, independently, a hydrocarbyl group) and introducing water into the system in order to hydrolyze the water-hydrolyzable phosphorus ester so formed.
  • the term "phosphorylated” means that the ashless dispersant has been heated with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or with (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water, such that the resultant product, on analysis, reveals the presence of phosphorus.
  • the term "boronated” means that the ashless dispersant has been heated with one or more boron compounds such that the resultant product, on analysis, reveals the presence of boron.
  • the precise chemical makeup of the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant compositions is not known with absolute certainty.
  • phosphorylated and boronated are not to be construed as requiring that the resultant composition contain chemically bound phosphorus or boron. While it is believed that chemical reactions do occur to produce a composition containing at least some chemically bound phosphorus moieties and at least some chemically bound boron moieties, moieties or species of either or both of such elements conceivably could be present, at least in part, in the form of micellar structures.
  • ashless dispersants can be utilized in forming component b) of the compositions of this invention. These include the following types:
  • component b) there are a number of sub-categories of carboxylic dispersants.
  • One such sub-category which constitutes a preferred type for use in the formation of component b) is composed of the polyamine succinamides and more preferably the polyamine succinimides in which the succinic group contains a hydrocarbyl substituent containing at least 30 carbon atoms.
  • the polyamine used in forming such compounds contains at least one primary amino group capable of forming an imide group on reaction with a hydrocarbon-substituted succinic acid or acid derivative thereof such an anhydride, lower alkyl ester, acid halide, or acid-ester. Representative examples of such dispersants are given in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the alkenyl succinimides may be formed by conventional methods such as by heating an alkenyl succinic anhydride, acid, acid-ester, acid halide, or lower alkyl ester with a polyamine containing at least one primary amino group.
  • the alkenyl succinic anhydride may be made readily by heating a mixture of olefin and maleic anhydride to about 180°-220°C.
  • the olefin is preferably a polymer or copolymer of a lower monoolefin such as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, isobutene and the like.
  • the more preferred source of alkenyl group is from polyisobutene having a number average molecular weight of up to 100,000 or higher.
  • the alkenyl group is a polyisobutenyl group having a number average molecular weight (determined using the method described in detail hereinafter) of about 500-5,000, and preferably about 700-2,500, more preferably about 700-1,400, and especially 800-1,200.
  • the isobutene used in making the polyisobutene is usually (but not necessarily) a mixture of isobutene and other C 4 isomers such as 1-butene.
  • the acylating agent formed from maleic anhydride and "polyisobutene” made from such mixtures of isobutene and other C 4 isomers such as 1-butene can be termed a "polybutenyl succinic anhydride” and a succinimide made therewith can be termed a “polybutenyl succinimide”.
  • polyisobutenyl is used to denote the alkenyl moiety whether made from a highly pure isobutene or a more impure mixture of is isobutene and other C 4 isomers such as 1-butene.
  • Polyamines which may be employed in forming the ashless dispersant include any that have at least one pri mary amino group which can react to form an imide group.
  • Afew representative examples include branched-chain alkanes containing two or more primary amino groups such as tetraaminoneopentane, etc.; polyami- noalkanols such as 2-(2-aminoethylamino)-ethanol and 2-[2-(2-aminoethylamino)-ethylamino]-ethanol; heterocyclic compounds containing two or more amino groups at least one of which is a primary amino group such as 1-(p-aminoethyi)-2-imidazoiidone, 2-(2-aminoethylamino)-5-nitropyridine, 3-amino-N-ethylpiperidine, 2-(2-aminoethyl)-pyridine, 5-aminoindole, 3-amino-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazo
  • the most preferred amines are the ethylene polyamines which can be depicted by the formula
  • especially preferred ashless dispersants for use in the present invention are the products of reaction of a polyethylene polyamine, e.g. triethylene tetramine or tetraethylene pentamine, with a hydrocarbon-substituted carboxylic acid or anhydride (or other suitable acid derivative) made by reaction of a polyolefin, preferably polyisobutene, having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 5,000, preferably 700 to 2,500, more preferably 700 to 1,400 and especially 800 to 1,200, with an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid or anhydride, e.g., maleic anhydride, maleic acid, fumaric acid, or the like, including mixtures of two or more such substances.
  • a polyethylene polyamine e.g. triethylene tetramine or tetraethylene pentamine
  • a hydrocarbon-substituted carboxylic acid or anhydride or other suitable acid derivative
  • an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid or anhydride
  • uccinimide is meant to encompass the completed reaction product from reaction between the amine reactant(s) and the hydrocarbon-substituted carboxylic acid or anhydride (or like acid derivative) reactant(s), and is intended to encompass compounds wherein the product may have amide, amidine, and/or salt linkages in addition to the imide linkage of the type that results from the reaction of a primary amino group and an anhydride moiety.
  • Residual unsaturation in the alkenyl group of the alkenyl succinimide may be used as a reaction site, if desired.
  • the alkenyl substituent may be hydrogenated to form an alkyl substituent.
  • the olefinic bond(s) in the alkenyl substituent may be sulfurized, halogenated, hydrohalogenated or the like. Ordinarily, there is little to be gained by use of such techniques, and thus the use of alkenyl succinimides as the precursor of component b) is preferred.
  • carboxylic dispersants which can be used in forming component b) includes alkenyl succinic acid esters and diesters of alcohols containing 1-20 carbon atoms and 1-6 hydroxyl groups. Representative examples are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,331,776; 3,381,022; and 3,522,179.
  • the alkenyl succinic portion of these esters corresponds to the alkenyl succinic portion of the succinimides described above including the same preferred and most preferred subgenus, e.g., alkenyl succinic acids and anhydrides, etc., where the alkenyl group contains at least 30 carbon atoms and notably, polyisobutenyl succinic acids and anhydrides wherein the polyisobutenyl group has a number average molecular weight of 500 to 5,000, preferably 700 to 2,500, more preferably 700 to 1,400, and especially 800 to 1,200.
  • the alkenyl group can be hydrogenated or subjected to other reactions involving olefinic double bonds.
  • Alcohols useful in preparing the esters include methanol, ethanol, 2-methylpropanol, octadecanol, eico- sanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethylether, propylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, glycerol, sorbitol, 1,1,1-trimethylol ethane, 1,1,1-trimethylol propane, 1,1,1-trimethylol butane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, and the like.
  • the succinic esters are readily made by merely heating a mixture of alkenyl succinic acid, anhydrides or lower alkyl (e.g., C 1 -C 4 ) ester with the alcohol while distilling out water or lower alkanol. In the case of acid-esters less alcohol is used. In fact, acid-esters made from alkenyl succinic anhydrides do not evolve water. In another method the alkenyl succinic acid or anhydrides can be merely reacted with an appropriate alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and the like, including mixtures thereof.
  • an appropriate alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and the like, including mixtures thereof.
  • Still another sub-category of carboxylic dispersants useful in forming component b) comprises an alkenyl succinic ester-amide mixture. These may be made by heating the above-described alkenyl succinic acids, anhydrides or lower alkyl esters or etc. with an alcohol and an amine either sequentially or in a mixture.
  • the alcohols and amines described above are also useful in this embodiment.
  • amino alcohols can be used alone or with the alcohol and/or amine to form the ester-amide mixtures.
  • the amino alcohol can contain 1-20 carbon atoms, 1-6 hydroxy groups and 1-4 amine nitrogen atoms. Examples are ethanolamine, diethanolamine, N-ethanol-diethylene triamine, and trimethylol aminomethane.
  • alkenyl group of the succinic ester-amide can be hydrogenated or subjected to other reactions involving olefinic double bonds.
  • ester-amide mixtures are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,184,474; 3,576,743; 3,632,511; 3,804,763; 3,836,471; 3,862,981; 3,936,480; 3,948,800; 3,950,341; 3,957,854; 3,957,855; 3,991,098; 4,071,548; and 4,173,540.
  • Yet another sub-category of carboxylic dispersants useful in forming component b) comprises the Mannich-based derivatives of hydroxyaryl succinimides.
  • Such compounds can be made by reacting a polyalkenyl succinic anhydride with an aminophenol to produce an N-(hydroxyaryl) hydrocarbyl succinimide which is then reacted with an alkylene diamine or polyalkylene polyamine and an aldehyde (e.g., formaldehyde), in a Mannich-base reaction. Details of such synthesis are set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,354,950.
  • the alkenyl succinic anhydride or like acylating agent is derived from a polyolefin, preferably a polyisobutene, having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 5,000, preferably 700 to 2,500, more preferably 700 to 1,400, and especially 800 to 1,200.
  • a polyolefin preferably a polyisobutene
  • residual unsaturation in the polyalkenyl substituent group can be used as a reaction site as for example, by hydrogenation, sulfurization, or the like.
  • hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants are generally produced by reacting an aliphatic or alicyclic halide (or mixture thereof) containing an average of at least about 40 carbon atoms with one or more amines, preferably polyalkylene polyamines. Examples of such hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,275,554; 3,438,757; 3,454,555; 3,565,804; 3,671,511; 3,821,302; 3,394,576; and in European Patent Publication No. 382,405.
  • the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamines are high molecular weight hydrocarbyl-N-substituted polyamines containing basic nitrogen in the molecule.
  • the hydrocarbyl group typically has a number average molecular weight in the range of about 750-10,000, more usually in the range of about 1,000-5,000.
  • the hydrocarbyl radical may be aliphatic or alicyclic and, except for adventitious amounts of aromatic components in petroleum mineral oils, will be free of aromatic unsaturation.
  • the hydrocarbyl groups will normally be branched-chain aliphatic, having 0-2 sites of unsaturation, and preferably from 0-1 site of ethylene unsaturation.
  • the hydrocarbyl groups are preferably derived from petroleum mineral oil, or polyolefins, either homopolymers or higher-order polymers, or 1-olefins of from 2-6 carbon atoms. Ethylene is preferably copolymerized with a higher olefin to insure oil solubility.
  • Illustrative polymers include polypropylene, polyisobutylene, poly-1-butene, etc.
  • the polyolefin group will normally have at least one branch per six carbon atoms along the chain, preferably at least one branch per four carbon atoms along the chain.
  • These branched-chain hydrocarbons are readily prepared by the polymerization of olefins of from 3-6 carbon atoms and preferably from olefins of from 3-4 carbon atoms.
  • the composition is a mixture of materials having various structures and molecular weights. Therefore, in referring to molecular weight, number average molecular weights are intended. Furthermore, when speaking of a particular hydrocarbon group, it is intended that the group include the mixture that is normally contained within materials which are commercially available. For example, polyisobutylene is known to have a range of molecular weights and may include small amounts of very high molecular weight materials.
  • Particularly preferred hydrocarbyl-substituted amines or polyamines are prepared from polyisobutenyl chloride.
  • the polyamine employed to prepare the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine is preferably a polyamine having from 2 to about 12 amine nitrogen atoms and from 2 to about 40 carbon atoms.
  • the polyamine is reacted with a hydrocarbyl halide (e.g., chloride) to produce the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine.
  • the polyamine preferably has a carbon-to-nitrogen ratio of from about 1:1 to about 10:1.
  • the amine portion of the hydrocarbyl-substituted amine may be substituted with substituents selected from (A) hydrogen, and (B) hydrocarbyl groups of from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • the polyamine portion of the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine may be substituted with substituents selected from (A) hydrogen, (B) hydrocarbyl groups of from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, (C) acyl groups of from 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, and (D) monoketo, monohydroxy, mononitro, monocyano, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy derivatives of (B) and (C).
  • At least one of the nitrogens in the hydrocarbylsubstituted amine or polyamide is a basic nitrogen atom, i.e., one titratable by a strong acid.
  • Hydrocarbyl as used in describing the substituents in the amine or polyamine used in forming the dispersants, denotes an organic radical composed of carbon and hydrogen which may be aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or combinations thereof, e.g., aralkyl.
  • the hydrocarbyl group will be relatively free of aliphatic unsaturation, i.e., ethylenic and acetylenic, particularly acetylenic unsaturation.
  • the hydrocarbyl substituted polyamines used in forming the dispersants are generally, but not necessarily, N-substituted polyamines.
  • hydrocarbyl groups and substituted hydrocarbyl groups which may be present in the amine portion of the dispersant include alkyls such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, etc., alkenyls such as propenyl, isobutenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, etc., hydroxyalkyls, such as 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, hydroxyisopropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, etc., ketoalkyls, such as 2-ketopropyl, 6-ketooctyl, etc., alkoxy and lower al- kenoxy alkyls, such as ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, propoxyethyl, propoxypropyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxyethy
  • Typical amines useful in preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted amines include methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, n-propylamine, di-n-propylamine, etc. Such amines are either commercially available or are prepared by art recognized procedures.
  • the polyamine component may also contain heterocyclic polyamines, heterocyclic substituted amines and substituted heterocyclic compounds, wherein the heterocyclic comprises one or more 5-6 membered rings containing oxygen and/or nitrogen.
  • heterocyclics may be saturated or unsaturated and substituted with groups selected from the aforementioned (A), (B), (C), and (D).
  • the heterocyclics are exemplified by piperazines, such as 2-methylpiperazine, 1,2-bis(N-piperazinyl-ethane), and N,N'-bis(N-piperazinyl)piperazine, 2-methylimidazoline, 3-aminopiperidine, 2-aminopyridine, 2-(p-aminoethyi)-3-pyrroiine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine, etc.
  • the piperazines are preferred.
  • Typical polyamines that can be used to form the hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants include the following: ethylene diamine, 1,2-propylene diamine, 1,3-propylene diamine, diethylene triamine, triethylene tetramine, hexamethylene diamine, tetraethylene pentamine, methylaminopropylene diamine, N-(p-aminoethyi)piperazine,N,N'-di(ß-aminoethyl)piperazine, N,N'-di(ß-aminoethyl)imidazolidone-2, N-(ß-cyanoethyi)ethane-1,2-diamine, 1,3,6,9-tetraaminooctadecane, 1,3,6-triamino-9-oxadecane, N-methyl-1,2-propanediamine, 2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethanol, and the like.
  • polyalkylene amines in which the alkylene groups differ in carbon content, such as for example bis(aminopropyl)ethylenediamine.
  • Such compounds are prepared by the reaction of acrylonitrile with an ethyleneamine, for example, an ethyleneamine having the formula H 2 H(CH 2 CH 2 NH) n H wherein n is an integer from 1 to 5, followed by hydrogenation of the resultant intermediate.
  • the product prepared from ethylene diamine and acrylonitrile has the formula H 2 N(CH 2 ) 3 NH(CH 2 ) 2 NH(CH 2 ) 3 NH 2 .
  • the polyamine used as a reactant in the production of the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine is not a single compound but a mixture in which one or several compounds predominate with the average composition indicated.
  • tetraethylene pentamine prepared by the polymerization of aziridine or the reaction of 1,2-dichloroethane and ammonia will have both lower and higher amine members, e.g., triethylene tetramine, substituted piperazines and pentaethylene hexamine, but the composition will be largely tetraethylene pentamine and the empirical formula of the total amine composition will closely approximate that of tetraethylene pentamine.
  • the preferred hydrocarbyl-substituted polyalkylene polyamines for use in this invention may be represented by the formula wherein R 1 is hydrocarbyl having an average molecular weight offrom about 750 to about 10,000; R 2 is alkylene of from 2 to 6 carbon atoms; and a is an integer of from 0 to about 10.
  • R 1 is hydrocarbyl having an average molecular weight of from about 1,000 to about 10,000.
  • R 2 is alkylene of from 2 to 3 carbon atoms and a is preferably an integer of from 1 to 6.
  • This category of ashless dispersant which can be utilized in the formation of component b) is comprised of reaction products of an alkyl phenol, with one or more aliphatic aldehydes containing from 1 to about 7 carbon atoms (especially formaldehyde and derivatives thereof), and polyamines (especially polyalkylene polyamines of the type described hereinabove). Examples of these Mannich polyamine dispersants are described in the following U.S.
  • the polyamine group of the Mannich polyamine dispersants is derived from polyamine compounds characterized by containing a group of the structure -NH- wherein the two remaining valances of the nitrogen are satisfied by hydrogen, amino, or organic radicals bonded to said nitrogen atom. These compounds include aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic and carbocyclic polyamines.
  • the source of the oil-soluble hydrocarbyl group in the Mannich polyamine dispersant is a hydrocarbyl-substituted hydroxy aromatic compound comprising the reaction product of a hydroxy aromatic compound, according to well known procedures, with a hydrocarbyl donating agent or hydrocarbon source.
  • the hydrocarbyl substituent provides substantial oil solubility to the hydroxy aromatic compound and, preferably, is substantially aliphatic in character.
  • the hydrocarbyl substituent is derived from a polyolefin having at least about 40 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon source should be substantially free from pendant groups which render the hydrocarbyl group oil insoluble. Examples of acceptable substituent groups are halide, hydroxy, ether, carboxy, ester, amide, nitro and cyano. However, these substituent groups preferably comprise no more than about 10 weight percent of the hydrocarbon source.
  • the preferred hydrocarbon sources for preparation of the Mannich polyamine dispersants are those derived from substantially saturated petroleum fractions and olefin polymers, preferably polymers of mono- olefins having from 2 to about 30 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon course can be derived, for example, from polymers of olefins such as ethylene, propene, 1-butene, isobutene, 1-octene, 1-methylcyclohexene, 2-butene and 3-pentene. Also useful are copolymers of such olefins with other polymerizable olefinic substances such as styrene.
  • these copolymers should contain at least 80 percent and preferably about 95 percent, on a weight basis, of units derived from the aliphatic mono-olefins to preserve oil solubility.
  • the hydrocarbon source generally contains at least about 40 and preferably at least about 50 carbon atoms to provide substantial oil solubility to the dispersant.
  • the olefin polymers having a number average molecular weight between about 600 and 5,000 are preferred for reasons of easy reactivity and low cost. However, polymers of higher molecular weight can also be used.
  • Especially suitable hydrocarbon sources are isobutylene polymers.
  • the Mannich polyamine dispersants are generally prepared by reacting a hydrocarbyl-substituted hydroxy aromatic compound with an aldehyde and a polyamine.
  • the substituted hydroxy aromatic compound is contacted with from about 0.1 to about 10 moles of polyamine and about 0.1 to about 10 moles of aldehyde per mole of substituted hydroxy aromatic compound.
  • the reactants are mixed and heated to a temperature above about 80°C. to initiate the reaction.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature from about 100° to about 250°C.
  • the resulting Mannich product has a predominantly benzylamine linkage between the aromatic compound and the polyamine.
  • the reaction can be carried out in an inert diluent such as mineral oil, benzene, toluene, naphtha, ligroin, or other inert solvents to facilitate control of viscosity, temperature and reaction rate.
  • an inert diluent such as mineral oil, benzene, toluene, naphtha, ligroin, or other inert solvents to facilitate control of viscosity, temperature and reaction rate.
  • polyamines are preferred for use in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants, and suitable polyamines include, but are not limited to, alkylene diamines and polyalkylene polyamines (and mixtures thereof) of the formula: wherein n is an integerfrom 1 to about 10, R is a divalent hydrocarbyl group of from 1 to about 18 carbon atoms, and each A is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and monovalent aliphatic groups containing up to 10 carbon atoms which can be substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups. Most preferably, R is a lower alkylene group of from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and A is hydrogen.
  • Suitable polyamines for use in preparation of the Mannich polyamine dispersants include, but are not limited to, methylene polyamines, ethylene polyamines, butylene polyamines, propylene polyamines, pentylene polyamines, hexylene polyamines and heptylene polyamines. The higher homologs of such amines and related aminoalkyl-substituted piperazines are also included.
  • polyamines include ethylene diamine, triethylene tetramine, tris(2-aminoethyl)amine, propylene diamine, pentamethylene diamine, hexamethylene diamine, heptamethylene diamine, octamethylene diamine, decamethylene diamine, di(heptamethylene) triamine, pentaethylene hexamine, di(trimethylene) triamine, 2-heptyl-3-(2-aminopropyl)imidazoline, 1,3-bis(2-aminoethyl)imidazoline, 1-(2-aminopropyl)piperazine, 1,4-bis(2-aminoethyl)piperazine and 2-methyl-1-(2-aminobutyl)piperazine. Higher homologs, obtained by condensing two or more of the above mentioned amines, are also useful, as are the polyoxyalkylene polyamines.
  • the polyalkylene polyamines are especially useful in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants for reasons of cost and effectiveness.
  • Such polyamines are described in detail under the heading "Diamines and Higher Amines" in Kirk-Othmer, Enyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Second Edition, Vol. 7, pp. 22-39. They are prepared most conveniently by the reaction of an ethylene imine with a ring-opening reagent such as ammonia. These reactions result in the production of somewhat complex mixtures of polyalkylene polyamines which include cyclic condensation products such as piperazines. Because of their availability, these mixtures are particularly useful in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants. However, it will be appreciated that satisfactory dispersants can also be obtained by use of pure polyalkylene polyamines.
  • Alkylene diamines and polyalkylene polyamines having one or more hydroxyalkyl substituents on the nitrogen atom are also useful in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants. These materials are typically obtained by reaction of the corresponding polyamine with an epoxide such as ethylene oxide or propylene oxide.
  • Preferred hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines and polyamines are those in which the hydroxyalkyl groups have less than about 10 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines and polyamines include, but are not limited to, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine, N,N'-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine, mono(hydroxypropyl)diethylenetriamine, (di(hydroxypropyl)tetraethylenepentamine and N-(3-hydroxybutyl)tetramethylenediamine.
  • Higher homologs obtained by condensation of the above mentioned hydroxyalk- ylsubstituted diamines and polyamines through amine groups or through ether groups are also useful.
  • Any conventional formaldehyde yielding reagent is useful for the preparation of the Mannich polyamine dispersants.
  • formaldehyde yielding reagents are trioxane, paraformaldehyde, trioxymethy- lene, aqueous formalin and gaseous formaldehyde.
  • Type D - Polymeric polyamine dispersants
  • polymers containing basic amine groups and oil solubilizing groups for example, pendant alkyl groups having at least about 8 carbon atoms.
  • Such polymeric dispersants are herein referred to as polymeric polyamine dispersants.
  • Such materials include, but are not limited to, interpolymers of decyl methacrylate, vinyl decyl ether or a relatively high molecular weight olefin with aminoalkyl acrylates and aminoalkyl acrylamides.
  • Examples of polymeric polyamine dispersants are set forth in the following patents: U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,329,658; 3,449,250; 3,493,520; 3,519,565; 3,666,730; 3,687,849; 3,702,300.
  • Type E Post-treated basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl-containing ashless dispersants.
  • any of the ashless dispersants referred to above as types A-D can be subjected to post-treatment with one or more suitable reagents such as urea, thiourea, carbon disulfide, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, anhydrides of low molecular weight dibasic acids, nitriles, epoxides, and the like.
  • suitable reagents such as urea, thiourea, carbon disulfide, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, anhydrides of low molecular weight dibasic acids, nitriles, epoxides, and the like.
  • Such post-treated ashless dispersants can be used in forming component b) of the compositions of this invention provided that the post-treated dispersant contains residual basic nitrogen and/orone or more residual hydroxyl groups.
  • the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant can be subjected to post-treatment with such reagents.
  • the post-treatment can be conducted in between the phosphorylation and boronation or conversely, between the boronation and the phosphorylation.
  • Examples of post-treatment procedures and post-treated ashless dispersants are set forth in the following U.S.
  • Mannich-based derivatives of hydroxyaryl succinimides that have been post-treated with Cg-Cg lactones such as s-caprolactone and optionally with other post-treating agents as described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 4,971,711 can also be utilized in forming component b) for use in the practice of this invention, provided that such post-treated Mannich-based derivatives of hydroxyaryl succinimides contain basic nitrogen, and/or at least one hydroxyl group.
  • One preferred category of post-treated ashless dispersants is comprised of basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl group-containing ashless dispersants which have been heated with (1) a phosphorus compound such that they contain phosphorus, or (2) a boron compound such that they contain boron, all with the proviso that such post-treated products contain residual basic nitrogen and/or one or more residual hydroxyl groups.
  • a phosphorus compound such that they contain phosphorus
  • a boron compound such that they contain boron
  • additional boron can also be incorporated into a prior art type post-treated boron-containing ashless dispersant by conducting a boronation in the manner described herein either before, during or after the phosphorylation.
  • the phosphorus-containing post-treated ashless dispersants of the prior art type can be converted into a material suitable for use as component b) simply by conducting a boronation in the manner described herein.
  • additional phosphorus can also be incorporated into a prior art type post-treated phosphorus-containing ashless dispersant by conducting a phosphorylation in the manner described herein either before, during or after the boronation.
  • the ashless dispersant(s) used in forming component b) can be any mixture containing any two or more ashless dispersants containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group.
  • ashless dispersant(s) used in forming component b) can be any mixture containing any two or more ashless dispersants containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group.
  • dispersants of the above types A, B, C, D and E use can be made of such mixtures as:
  • any given type of dispersant whether used with one or more other dispersant types or without any other dispersant type can comprise:
  • ashless dispersants which contain little, if any, halogen atoms such as chlorine atoms.
  • additive concentrates which, when dissolved in a halogen-free base oil, at a concentration of 10% by weight, yield an oleaginous composition in which the total halogen content, if any, is 100 ppm or less.
  • Suitable compounds of boron useful in forming the phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants for use as component b) include, for example, boron acids, boron oxides, boron esters, and amine or ammonium salts of boron acids.
  • Illustrative compounds include boric acid (sometimes referred to as orthoboric acid), boronic acid, tetraboric acid, metaboric acid, pyroboric acid, esters of such acids, such as mono-, di-, and tri-organic esters with alcohols or polyols having up to 20 or more carbon atoms (e.g., methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, propanol, butanols, pentanols, hexanols, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylol propane, diethanol amine, etc.), boron oxides such as boric oxide and boron oxide hydrate, and ammonium salts such as ammonium borate, ammonium pyroborate, etc.
  • boric acid sometimes referred to as orthoboric acid
  • boronic acid such as tetraboric acid, metaboric acid, pyroboric acid
  • esters of such acids such as mono-, di-, and
  • boron halides such as boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, and the like, are undesirable as they tend to introduce halogen atoms into the boronated dispersant, a feature which is detrimental from the environmental, toxicological and conservational standpoints.
  • Amine borane addition compounds and hydrocarbyl boranes can also be used, although they tend to be relatively expensive.
  • the preferred boron reagent is boric acid, H 3 BO 3 .
  • Typical procedures for producing the phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants from (i) and (iii) above involve concurrently or sequentially heating one or more ashless dispersants of the types described above with at least one inorganic phosphorus compound and at least one boron compound under conditions yielding a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition.
  • inorganic phosphorus compounds which are useful in forming such products include phosphorous acid (H 3 PO 3 , sometimes depicted as H 2 (HPO 3 ), and sometimes called ortho-phosphorous acid or phosphonic acid), phosphoric acid (H 3 PO 4 , sometimes called orthophosphoric acid), hypophosphoric acid (H 4 P 2 0 6 ), metaphosphoric acid (HP0 3 ), pyrophosphoric acid (H 4 P 2 0 7 ), hypophosphorous acid (H 3 PO 2 , sometimes called phosphinic acid), pyrophosphorous acid (H 4 P 2 0 5 , sometimes called pyrophosphonic acid), phosphinous acid (H a PO), tripolyphosphoric acid (H 5 P 3 O 10 ), tetrapolyphosphoric acid (H 6 PO 13 ), trimetaphosphoric acid (H 3 P 3 O 9 ), phosphorus trioxide, phosphorus tetraoxide, phosphorus pentoxide, and the like.
  • H 3 PO 3 sometimes depicte
  • Partial or total sulfur analogs such as phosphorotetrathioic acid (H 3 PS 4 ), phosphoromonothioic acid (H 3 PO 3 S), phosphorodithioic acid (H 3 PO 2 S 2 ), phosphorotrithioic acid (H 3 POS 3 ), phosphorus sesquisulfide, phosphorus heptasulfide, and phosphorus pentasulfide (P 2 S 5 , sometimes referred to as P 4 S 10 ) can also be used in forming products suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • the inorganic phosphorus halide compounds such as PCl 3 , PBr 3 , POCI 3 , PSCI 3 , etc.
  • the preferred phosphorus reagent is phosphorous acid, (H 3 PO 3 ).
  • the form or composition ofthe inorganic compound(s) as charged into the mixture to be heated or being heated may be altered in situ.
  • the action of heat and/or water can transform certain inorganic phosphorus compounds into other inorganic phosphorus compounds or species. Any such in situ transformations that may occur are within the purview of this invention provided that the liquid phosphorylated ashless dispersant reveals on analysis the presence therein of phosphorus (as well as boron).
  • auxiliary nitrogen compounds are long chain primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines containing from about 12 to 24 carbon atoms, including their hydroxyalkyl and aminoalkyl derivatives.
  • the long chain alkyl group may optionally contain one or more ether groups. Examples of suitable compounds are oleyl amine, N-oleyl- trimethylene diamine, N-tallow diethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl oleylamine, and myristyloxapropyl amine.
  • benzotriazole including lower (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-substituted benzotriazoles, which function to protect copper surfaces.
  • the concurrent heating step or the combination of sequential heating steps is conducted at temperatures sufficient to produce a final liquid composition which contains both phosphorus and boron.
  • the heating can be carried out in the absence of a solvent by heating a mixture of the ashless dispersant and one or more suitable inorganic phosphorus compounds, or one or more suitable boron compounds, or, preferably, a combination of one or more suitable inorganic phosphorus compounds and one or more suitable boron compounds.
  • the temperatures used will vary somewhat depending upon the nature of the ashless dispersant and the inorganic phosphorus and/or boron reagent being utilized. Generally speaking however, the temperature will usually fall within the range of about 40 to about 200°C.
  • the duration of the heating is likewise susceptible to variation, but ordinarily will fall in the range of about 1 to about 3 hours.
  • it is important to thoroughly agitate the components to insure intimate contact therebetween.
  • the phosphorous acid may be utilized in the form of an aqueous solution thereby introducing water into the system to facilitate dissolution of the boric acid.
  • Water (and when using boron esters, alcohol) formed in the process and any added water is preferably removed from the heated mixture by vacuum distillation at temperatures of from about 100 to about 140°C.
  • the heating step or steps will be conducted in a diluent oil or other inert liquid medium such as light mineral oils, and the like.
  • the amount of phosphorus compound employed in the heating process ranges from about 0.001 mole to 0.999 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and free hydroxyl in the mixture being heated, up to one half of which may be contributed by an auxiliary nitrogen compound.
  • the amount of boron compound employed ranges from about 0.001 mole to about 1 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl in the mixture which is in excess of the molar amount of inorganic phosphorus compound.
  • the last-to-be-used reagent(s) -- inorganic phosphorus compound(s) or boron compound(s), as the case may be -- can be used in an amount equivalent to (or even in excess of) the amount of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl groups in the dispersant being heated with such last-to-be-used reagent(s).
  • the amount of added water is not particularly critical as it is removed by distillation during the course of, or at the end of, the heating step. Amounts of up to 1% by weight of the mixture being heated are preferred. When used, the amount of diluent usually ranges from about 10 to about 50% by weight of the mixture being subjected to heating.
  • component b) when in the undiluted state preferably contains at least 3,000 ppm (more preferably at least 5,000 ppm and most preferably at least 7,000 ppm) of phosphorus and at least 1,500 ppm (more preferably at least 2,500 ppm and most preferably at least 3,500 ppm) of boron.
  • a mixture is formed from 260 parts of a commercial succinimide ashless dispersant (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 100 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water.
  • the mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved.
  • a vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C.
  • a clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-1 The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 1,100.
  • the average number of succinic groups per alkenyl group in the succinimide is approximately 1.2.
  • Example A-1 The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 2,100.
  • Example A-1 The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation).
  • AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant As supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant and in such case, another material suitable for use as component b) can be formed by eliminating the boric acid and water from the procedure used in this example and thereby conducting phosphorylation on an already boronated dispersant.
  • Example A-1 The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a commercial ashless dispersant of the pentaerythritol succinic ester type (Lubrizol® 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation).
  • the initial dispersant as supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant.
  • the dispersant can, if desired, be subjected just to phosphorylation to thereby form still another product suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-1 The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-6 The procedure of Example A-6 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ).
  • a mixture of 11,904 parts of a commercial boronated succinimide (HiTEC@ 648 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.) and 96 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100-110°C for 2 hours to form a homogeneous liquid composition suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • 100 Solvent Neutral mineral oil can be added to form an 80% solution of the additive in the oil.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), and 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 8 parts of phosphorous acid is added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), and 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation)
  • 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • orthoboric acid 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water
  • Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 8 parts of phosphorous acid is added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), and 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant Amoco Corporation
  • 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 8 parts of phosphorous acid is added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • Example A-16 The procedure of Example A-16 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-16 The procedure of Example A-16 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-18 The procedure of Example A-18 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ).
  • Example A-20 The procedure of Example A-20 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-20 The procedure of Example A-20 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-22 The procedure of Example A-22 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ).
  • Example A-24 The procedure of Example A-24 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-24 The procedure of Example A-24 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-26 The procedure of Example A-26 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ) .
  • Example A-28 The procedure of Example A-28 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-28 The procedure of Example A-28 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-30 The procedure of Example A-30 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ) .
  • Example A-32 The procedure of Example A-32 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-32 The procedure of Example A-32 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-34 The procedure of Example A-34 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ).
  • Example A-36 The procedure of Example A-36 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-36 The procedure of Example A-36 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-38 The procedure of Example A-38 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ).
  • Example A-40 The procedure of Example A-40 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example A-40 The procedure of Example A-40 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P 2 S 5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example A-42 The procedure of Example A-42 is repeated except that the P 2 S 5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P 2 0 5 ).
  • Example A-44 The procedure of Example A-44 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is omitted from the reaction mixture.
  • Typical procedures for producing the phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants from (ii) and (iii) above involve concurrently or sequentially heating one or more ashless dispersants of the types described above with (ii) water and at least one water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound and (iii) at least one boron compound under conditions yielding a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition.
  • halophosphine halides e.g., hydrocarbyl phosphorus tetrahalides, dihydrocarbyl phosphorus trihalides, and trihydrocarbyl phosphorus dihalides
  • halophosphines mono- halophosphines and dihalophosphines
  • water-hydrolyzable is meant that the organic phosphorus compound when boiled at atmospheric pressure for a period of 5 hours with either (a) distilled water, or (b) water adjusted to at least one pH between 1 and 7 by use of H 2 SO 4 , or (c) water adjusted to at least one pH between 7 and 13 with KOH, is hydrolyzed to the extent of at least 50 mole %.
  • hydrolysis of certain types of organophosphorus compounds results in concomitant oxidation, and compounds which undergo both hydrolysis and oxidation under the foregoing conditions ire usable in forming the phosphorylated dispersants for use in this invention.
  • sulfur-containing organophosphorus compounds undergo loss of sulfur under hydrolysis conditions.
  • the preferred water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds are the water-hydrolyzable phosphate esters, and the water-hydrolyzable phosphite esters, especially the dihydrocarbyl hydrogen phosphites.
  • auxiliary nitrogen compounds are long chain primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines containing from about 12 to 24 carbon atoms, including their hydroxyalkyl and aminoalkyl derivatives.
  • the long chain alkyl group may optionally contain one or more ether groups. Examples of suitable compounds are oleyl amine, N-oleyl- trimethylene diamine, N-tallow diethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl oleylamine, and myristyloxapropyl amine.
  • benzotriazole including lower (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-substituted benzotriazoles, which function to protect copper surfaces.
  • the concurrent heating step or the combination of sequential heating steps is conducted at temperatures sufficient to produce a final liquid composition which contains both phosphorus and boron.
  • the heating can be carried out in the absence of a solvent by heating a mixture of the ashless dispersant, water and one or more suitable organic phosphorus compounds, or one or more suitable boron compounds, or, preferably, a combination of water, one or more suitable organic phosphorus compounds and one or more suitable boron compounds.
  • the temperatures used will vary somewhat depending upon the nature of the ashless dispersant and the organic phosphorus and/or boron reagent being utilized. Generally speaking however, the temperature will usually fall within the range of about 40 to about 200°C.
  • the duration of the heating is likewise susceptible to variation, but ordinarily will fall in the range of about 1 to about 3 hours.
  • it is important to thoroughly agitate the components to insure intimate contact therebetween.
  • it is preferable to add water with the boric acid to facilitate initial dissolution of the boric acid.
  • Various methods can be used for removing water from component b) during or after its formation.
  • the preferred method involves applying a suitable vacuum to the reaction system while heating the water-containing mixture to a suitably elevated temperature. In this way the water is readily stripped off.
  • a suitable vacuum to the reaction system while heating the water-containing mixture to a suitably elevated temperature.
  • the water is readily stripped off.
  • a phosphorus ester made from a lower alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, isobutyl alcohol, etc.
  • water and relatively volatile alcohols formed in the hydrolysis process and the added water are preferably removed from the heated mixture by vacuum distillation at temperatures of from about 100 to about 140°C.
  • the heating step or steps will be conducted in a diluent oil or other inert liquid medium such as light mineral oils, and the like.
  • the amount of phosphorus compound employed in the heating process ranges from about 0.001 mole to 0.999 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and free hydroxyl in the mixture being heated, up to one half of which may be contributed by an auxiliary nitrogen compound.
  • the amount of boron compound employed ranges from about 0.001 mole to about 1 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl in the mixture which is in excess of the molar amount of inorganic phosphorus compound.
  • the last-to-be-used reagent(s) -- water and organic phosphorus compound(s) or boron compound(s), as the case may be -- can be used in an amount equivalent to (or even in excess of) the amount of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl groups in the dispersant being heated with such last-to-be-used reagent(s).
  • the ashless dispersant with one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds in the presence of water.
  • the water can be added before and/or during the heating step, and before, after, or at the same time one or more phosphorus compounds are introduced into the vessel in which the heating is taking place or is to take place. It is also possible to heat the ashless dispersant with the organic phosphorus compound and then subsequently heat the resultant composition with water, although this procedure is less preferred.
  • the amount of added water is not particularly critical as long as a sufficient amount is present to effect hydrolysis of the water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound.
  • Water present in the system can be removed by distillation (preferably at reduced pressure) during the course of, and preferably is removed at the end of, the heating step. Amounts of water up to 15% by weight of the mixture being heated are preferred, and amounts of water of up to 5% by weight are particularly preferred. When used, the amount of diluent usually ranges from about 10 to about 50% by weight of the mixture being subjected to heating.
  • the hydrolysis of the water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound(s) employed in the phosphorylation operation can be effected in any of a variety of ways.
  • the dispersant to be phosphorylated, one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds, and water may be mixed together and heated either in an open system at atmospheric pressure or in a closed system at superatmospheric pressure. If conducted with an open system, the temperature may be kept below the boiling point of water and the mixture subjected to stirring of sufficient intensity to cause and maintain intimate contact among the components within the hydrolysis reaction mixture.
  • the system When conducting the hydrolysis in a closed system, the system may be kept at one or more selected autogenous pressures by suitable adjustment and regulation of the temperature. And, still higher pressures may be imposed upon the system, as for example by injecting high pressure steam into a sealed autoclave containing the hydrolysis reaction mixture.
  • the water itself may be charged to the system in any suitable form, such as in the form of liquid water, steam, or even ice. Similarly, the water may be introduced in the form of hydrated solids so that the water is released by the application of heat during the course of the hydrolysis operation. Injection of wet steam into a well-agitated hydrolysis system is one preferred way of conducting the operation.
  • the hydrolysis operation should be conducted under any given set or sequence of hydrolysis conditions for a period of time long enough that at least 10%, preferably at least 50%, and most preferably at least 75%, of the organic phosphorus compound(s) present in the hydrolysis mixture have been hydrolyzed.
  • the nature of the hydrolysis products can be expected to vary in relation to the type of phosphorus compound(s) used and the severity of the hydrolysis conditions imposed upon the hydrolysis system.
  • inorganic and organic hydrolysis products can be formed in the system, and these in turn can be expected to be taken up by the ashless dispersant(s) present in the system substantially as they are formed.
  • the phosphorylation may be conducted apart from the boronation, or it may be conducted concurrently with the boronation.
  • any of the foregoing hydrolysis procedures can be utilized, the principal difference being that one or more boron compounds are used in combination with one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds.
  • small amounts of one or more acids e.g., sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, etc.
  • bases e.g., NaOH, KOH, ammonium hydroxide, etc.
  • inorganic phosphorus compounds such as phosphorous acid (H 3 PO 3 , sometimes depicted as H 2 (HPO 3 ), and sometimes called ortho-phosphorous acid or phosphonic acid), phosphoric acid (H 3 PO 4 , sometimes called orthophosphoric acid), hypophosphorous acid (H 3 PO 2 , sometimes called phosphinic acid), hypophosphoric acid (H 4 P 2 0 6 ), metaphosphoric acid (HP0 3 ), pyr- ophosphoricacid (H 4 P 2 0 7 ), pyrophosphorous acid (H 4 P 2 0 5 , sometimes called pyrophosphonic acid), phosphinous acid (H 3 PO), tripolyphosphoric acid (H 5 P 3 O 10 ), tetrapolyphosphoric acid (H 6 P 4 0 13 ), trimetaphosphoric acid (H 3 P 3 O 9 ), phosphorus trioxide, phosphorus tetroxide, phosphorus pentoxide, and/
  • component b) when in the undiluted state preferably contains at least 3000 ppm (more preferably at least 5000 ppm and most preferably at least 7000 ppm) of phosphorus and at least 1500 ppm (more preferably at least 2500 ppm and most preferably at least 3500 ppm) of boron.
  • a mixture is formed from 260 parts of a commercial succinimide ashless dispersant (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 100 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 26 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 10 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water.
  • the mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved.
  • a vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water and butanol while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C.
  • a clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-1 The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 1,100.
  • the average number of succinic groups per alkenyl group in the succinimide is approximately 1.2.
  • Example B-1 The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 2,100.
  • Example B-1 The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation).
  • AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant As supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant and in such case, another material suitable for use as component b) can be formed by eliminating the boric acid from the procedure used in this example and thereby conducting phosphorylation on an already boronated dispersant.
  • Example B-1 The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a commercial ashless dispersant of the pentaerythritol succinic ester type (Lubrizol® 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation).
  • the initial dispersant as supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant.
  • the dispersant can, if desired, be subjected just to phosphorylation to thereby form still another product suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-1 The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that 16 parts of trimethyl phosphite is used in place of the dibutyl hydrogen phosphite, to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-1 The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the dibutyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 16.3 parts of O-ethyl-O,O-1,2-ethanediyl phosphite.
  • HiTEC® 648 dispersant Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.
  • Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd. Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 3 parts of water, 13 parts of tributyl phosphate, and 4 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours.
  • a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • 16 parts of diethyl hydrogen phosphite and 6 parts of aqueous ammonium hydroxide (3N) are added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C foranother2 hours.
  • Avacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), 6 parts of water, and 16 parts of methyl dichlorophosphate is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • To this product are added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours.
  • the mixture is then swept with nitrogen for one hour at 100°C.
  • a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 110°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 6 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 19 parts of methyl bis(phenyl) phosphate, 5 parts of phosphoric acid, and 0.4 part of additional water are added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 130°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • Amixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), 8 parts of water, and 35 parts of dibenzyl methyl phosphate is heated to 100°C for 2 hours.
  • To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours.
  • a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 130°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • a mixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 9 parts of monophenyl phosphate, 4 parts of phosphorous acid, and an additional 3 parts of water are added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 130°C.
  • the resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • Example B-16 The procedure of Example B-16 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example B-16 The procedure of Example B-16 is repeated except that 9 parts of an equimolar mixture of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite and monobutyl dihydrogen phosphite is used in place of the dibutyl chlorophosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-16 The procedure of Example B-16 is repeated except that the dibutyl chlorophosphate is replaced by 11 parts of mono-2-naphthyl orthophosphate.
  • Example B-20 The procedure of Example B-20 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example B-20 The procedure of Example B-20 is repeated except that 15 parts of trimethyl phosphite is used in place of the phenyl dimethyl phosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-20 The procedure of Example B-20 is repeated except that the phenyl dimethyl phosphate is replaced by 36 parts of4-di-methyl-aminophenyl phosphorus tetrachloride and the heated mixture in (c) is swept with nitrogen during the three-hour period.
  • Example B-24 The procedure of Example B-24 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example B-24 The procedure of Example B-24 is repeated except that 26 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite is used in place of the bis(2-ethylhexyl) hydrogen phosphite to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-24 The procedure of Example B-24 is repeated except that the bis(2-ethylhexyl) hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 15 parts of trimethyl phosphite.
  • Example B-28 The procedure of Example B-28 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example B-28 The procedure of Example B-28 is repeated except that 8 parts of ethyl dichlorophosphate and 4 parts of phosphorous acid are used in place of the dibutyl chlorophosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-28 The procedure of Example B-28 is repeated except that the dibutyl chlorophosphate is replaced by 10 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite and 5 parts of phosphoric acid.
  • a clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-32 The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example B-32 The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that 20 parts of diethyl chlorophosphate is used in place of the diethyl hydrogen phosphite to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-32 The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the diethyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 12 parts of ethyl dibutyl phosphate and 4 parts of phosphorous acid.
  • Example B-36 The procedure of Example B-36 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • Example B-36 The procedure of Example B-36 is repeated except that 23 parts of butyl dichloro phosphate is used in place of the ethyl dichloro phosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • Example B-36 The procedure of Example B-36 is repeated except that the ethyl dichloro phosphate is replaced by 30 parts of mono-butyl-mono-2-ethylhexyl hydrogen phosphite.
  • Example B-40 The procedure of Example B-40 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is omitted from the reaction mixture.
  • Example B-32 The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the diethyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 10 parts of dimethyl hydrogen phosphite.
  • Example B-32 The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the diethyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 5 parts of dimethyl hydrogen phosphite and 4 parts of phosphorous acid.
  • a particularly preferred embodiment of this invention involves using as component b) a phosphorylated and boronated alkenyl succinimide of polyethylene polyamine or mixture of polyethylene polyamines, wherein the succinimide is formed from (i) an alkenyl succinic acylating agent having a succination ratio (i.e., the ratio of the average number of chemically bound succinic groups per alkenyl group in the molecular structure of the succinic acylating agent) in the range of 1 to about 1.3, the alkenyl group being derived from a polyolefin (most preferably a polyisobutene) having a number average molecular weight in the range of about 600 to about 1,300 (more preferably in the range of 700 to 1,250 and most preferably in the range of 800 to 1,200).
  • a succination ratio i.e., the ratio of the average number of chemically bound succinic groups per alkenyl group in the molecular structure of the succinic acy
  • the lubricant and lubricant concentrates of this invention can and preferably will contain additional components in order to partake of the properties which can be conferred to the overall composition by such additional components.
  • additional components The nature of such components will, to a large extent, be governed by the particular use to which the ultimate oleaginous composition (lubricant or functional fluid) is to be subjected.
  • oleaginous compositions will contain a conventional quantity of one or more antioxidants in order to protect the composition from premature degradation in the presence of air, especially at elevated temperatures.
  • Typical antioxidants include hindered phenolic antioxidants, secondary aromatic amine antioxidants, sulfurized phenolic antioxidants, oil-soluble copper compounds, phosphorus-containing antioxidants, and the like.
  • Illustrative sterically hindered phenolic antioxidants include ortho-alkylated phenolic compounds such as 2,6-d i-tert-butyl phenol, 4-methyl-2,6-di-tert-butyl phenol, 2,4,6-tri-tert-butyl phenol, 2-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-dii- sopropylphenol, 2-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol,2,4-dimethyl-6-tert-butylphenol, 4-(N,N-dimethylaminomethyl)-2,6-di-tert-butylphenol,4-ethyl-2,6-di-tert-butylphenol, 2-methyl-6-styrylphenol,2,6-di-styryl-4-nonylphenol, and their analogs and homologs. Mixtures of two or more such mononuclear phenolic compounds are also suitable.
  • the preferred antioxidants for use in the compositions of this invention are methylene-bridged alkylphenols, and these can be used singly or in combinations with each other, or in combinations with sterically-hindered unbridged phenolic compounds.
  • Illustrative methylene bridged compounds include 4,4'-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-o-cresol), 4,4'-methylenebis-(2-tert-amyl-o-cresol),2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butyl phenol), 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-di-tert-butylphenol), and similar compounds.
  • Particularly preferred are mixtures of methylene-bridged alkylphenols such as are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,211,652.
  • Amine antioxidants especially oil-soluble aromatic secondary amines can also be used in the compositions of this invention.
  • aromatic secondary monoamines are preferred, aromatic secondary polyamines are also suitable.
  • Illustrative aromatic secondary monoamines include diphenylamine, alkyl diphenylamines containing 1 or2 alkyl substituents each having up to about 16 carbon atoms, phenyl-a-naphthylamine, phenyl-(3-naphthylamine, alkyl- or aralkyl-substituted phenyl-a-naphthylamine containing one or two alkyl or aralkyl groups each having up to about 16 carbon atoms, alkyl- or aralkyl-substituted phenyl-ß-naphthylamine containing one or two alkyl or aralkyl groups each having up to about 16 carbon atoms, and similar compounds.
  • a preferred type of aromatic amine antioxidant is an alkylated diphenylamine of the general formula wherein R 1 is an alkyl group (preferably a branched alkyl group) having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, (more preferably 8 or 9 carbon atoms) and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a branched alkyl group) having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, (more preferably 8 or 9 carbon atoms). Most preferably, R 1 and R 2 are the same.
  • Naugalube 438L a material which is understood to be predominantly a 4,4'-dinonyldiphenylamine (i.e., bis(4-nonylphenyl)amine) wherein the nonyl groups are branched.
  • antioxidants for inclusion in the compositions of this invention is comprised to one or more liquid, partially sulfurized phenolic compounds such as are prepared by reacting sulfur monochloride with a liquid mixture of phenols -- at least about 50 weight percent of which mixture of phenols is composed of one or more reactive, hindered phenols -- in proportions to provide from about 0.3 to about 0.7 gram atoms of sulfur monochloride per mole of reactive, hindered phenol so as to produce a liquid product.
  • Typical phenol mixtures useful in making such liquid product compositions include a mixture containing by weight about 75% of 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol, about 10% of 2-tert-butylphenol, about 13% of 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenol, and about 2% of 2,4-di-tert-butylphenol.
  • the reaction is exothermic and thus is preferably kept within the range of about 15°C to about 70°C, most preferably between about 40°C to about 60°C.
  • One suitable mixture is comprised of a combination of (i) an oil-soluble mixture of at least three different sterically-hindered tertiary butylated monohydric phenols which is in the liquid state at25°C, (ii) an oil-soluble mixture of at least three different sterically-hindered tertiary butylated methylene-bridged polyphenols, and (iii) at least one bis(4-alkyl-phenyl)amine wherein the alkyl group is a branched alkyl group having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, the proportions of (i), (ii) and (iii) on a weight basis falling in the range of 3.5 to 5.0 parts of component (i) and 0.9 to 1.2 parts of component (ii) per part by weight of component (iii).
  • the lubricating compositions of this invention preferably contain 0.01 to 1.0% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 0.7% by weight, of one or more sterically-hindered phenolic antioxidants of the types described above.
  • the lubricants of this invention may contain 0.01 to 1.0% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 0.7% by weight of one or more aromatic amine antioxidants of the types described above.
  • a corrosion inhibitor This may be a single compound or a mixture of compounds having the property of inhibiting corrosion of metallic surfaces.
  • Such additives are inhibitors of copper corrosion.
  • Such compounds include thiazoles, triazoles and thiadiazoles.
  • examples of such compounds include benzotriazole, tolyltriazole, octyltriazole, decyltriazole, dodecyltriazole,2-mercaptobenzothiazole,2,5-dimercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2-mercapto-5-hydrocarbylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazoles, 2-mercapto-5-hydrocarbyidithio-1,3,4-thiadiazoies, 2,5-bis(hydrocarbylthio)-1,3,4-thiadiazoles, and 2,5-(bis)hydrocarbyidithio)-1,3,4-thiadiazoies.
  • the preferred compounds are the 1,3,4-thiadiazoles, a number of which are available as articles of commerce. Such compounds are generally synthesized from hydrazine and carbon disulfide by known procedures. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,765,289; 2,749,311; 2,760,933; 2,850,453; 2,910,439; 3,663,561; 3,862,798; and 3,840,549.
  • dimer and trimer acids such as are produced from tall oil fatty acids, oleic acid, linoleic acid, or the like. Products of this type are currently available from various commercial sources, such as, for example, the di mer and trimer acids sold under the HYSTRENE trademark by the Humco Chemical Division of Witco Chemical Corporation and under the EMPOL trademark by Emery Chemicals.
  • alkenyl succinic acid and alkenyl succinic anhydride corrosion inhibitors such as, for example, tetrapropenylsuccinic acid, tetrapropenylsuccinic anhydride, tetradecenylsuccinic acid, tetradecenylsuccinic anhydride, hexadecenylsuccinic acid, hexadecenylsuccinic anhydride, and the like.
  • half esters of alkenyl succinic acids having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the alkenyl group with alcohols such as the polyglycols.
  • Suitable corrosion inhibitors include ether amines; acid phosphates; amines; polyethoxylated compounds such as ethoxylated amines, ethoxylated phenols, and ethoxylated alcohols; imidazolines; and the like. Materials of these types are well known to those skilled in the art and a number of such materials are available as articles of commerce.
  • R l , R 2 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are aminosuccinic acids or derivatives thereof represented by the formula: wherein each of R l , R 2 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 is, independently, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group containing 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and wherein each of R 3 and R 4 is, independently, a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbyl group containing 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an acyl group containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the groups R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 when in the form of hydrocarbyl groups, can be, for example, alkyl, cycloalkyl or aromatic containing groups.
  • R 1 and R 5 are the same or different straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon radicals containing 1-20 carbon atoms. Most preferably, R 1 and R 5 are saturated hydrocarbon radicals containing 3-6 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 , either R 3 or R 4 , R 6 and R 7 , when in the form of hydrocarbyl groups, are preferably the same or different straight- chain or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon radicals.
  • a dialkyl ester of an aminosuccinic acid is used in which R 1 and R 5 are the same or different alkyl groups containing 3-6 carbon atoms, R 2 is a hydrogen atom, and either R 3 or R 4 is an alkyl group containing 15-20 carbon atoms or an acyl group which is derived from a saturated or unsaturated carboxylic acid containing 2-10 carbon atoms.
  • aminosuccinic acid derivatives is a dialkylester of an aminosuccinic acid of the above formula wherein R 1 and R 5 are isobutyl, R 2 is a hydrogen atom, R 3 is octadecyl and/or octadecenyl and R 4 is 3-carboxy-1-oxo-2-propenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are most preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • the lubricant compositions of this invention most preferably contain from 0.005 to 0.5% by weight, and especially from 0.01 to 0.2% by weight, of one or more corrosion inhibitors and/or metal deactivators of the type described above.
  • Suitable antifoam agents include silicones and organic polymers such as acrylate polymers.
  • Various antifoam agents are described in Foam Control Agents by H. T. Kerner (Noyes Data Corporation, 1976, pages 125-176), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Mixtures of silicone-type antifoam agents such as the liquid di-alkyl silicone polymers with various other substances are also effective. Typical of such mixtures are silicones mixed with an acrylate polymer, silicones mixed with one or more amines, and silicones mixed with one or more amine carboxylates.
  • an oil-soluble neutral metal-containing detergent in which the metal is an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal.
  • the neutral detergents of this type are those which contain an essentially stoichiometric equivalent quantity of metal in relation to the amount of acidic moieties present in the detergent.
  • the neutral detergents will have a TBN of up to about 50.
  • metal-containing detergents having a low basicity i.e., alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergents having a TBN below 200 can be used as optional components along with components a) and b).
  • the acidic materials utilized in forming such detergents include carboxylic acids, salicylic acids, alkylphenols, sulfonic acids, sulfurized alkylphenols, and the like.
  • Typical detergents of this type and/or methods for their preparation are known and reported in the literature. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • HiTEC@-614 additive Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.
  • Chevron OLOA 246A additive Chevron OLOA 246B additive
  • Chevron OLOA 246C additive Chevron OLOA 246P additive
  • Witco Calcinate T Calcinate T-2, and Petronate 25-H (Witco Corporation).
  • supplemental neutral or low basicity metal detergents as at least some of them (e.g., neutral metal sulfonates) can substantially increase wear of metal parts when included in a composition of this invention.
  • compositions of this invention will preferably contain one or more oil-soluble supplemental antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives.
  • oil-soluble supplemental antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives comprise a number of well known classes of materials including, for example, sulfur-containing additives, esters of boron acids, esters of phosphorus acids, amine salts of phosphorous acids and acid esters, higher carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof, chlorine-containing additives, and the like.
  • Typical sulfur-containing antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives include dihydrocarbyl polysulfides; sulfurized olefins; sulfurized fatty acid esters of both natural (e.g. sperm oil) and synthetic origins; trithiones; thienyl derivatives; sulfurized terpenes; sulfurized oligomers OfC2-C8 monoolefins; xanthates of alkanols and other organo-hydroxy compounds such as phenols; thiocarbamates made from alkyl amines and other organo amines; and sulfurized Diels-Alder adducts such as those disclosed in U.S. reissue patent Re 27,331.
  • sulfurized polyisobutene of Mn 1,100 sulfurized isobutylene, sulfurized triisobutene, dicyclohexyl disulfide, diphenyl and dibenzyl disulfide, di-tert-butyl trisulfide, and dinonyl trisulfide, among others.
  • Esters of boron acids which may be used include borate, metaborate, pyroborate and biborate esters of monohydric and/or polyhydric alcohols and/or phenols, such as trioctyl borate, tridecyl borate, 2-ethylhexyl pyroborate, isoamyl metaborate, trixylyl borate, (butyl)(2,4-hexanediyl)borate, and the like.
  • Typical esters of phosphorus acids which may be used as antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives include trihydrocarbyl phosphites, phosphonates and phosphates, and dihydrocarbyl phosphites; such as tricresyl phosphate, tributyl phosphite, tris(2-chloroethyl)phosphate and phosphite, dibutyl trichloromethyl phosphonates, di(n-butyl)phosphite, triphenyl phosphite, and tolyl phosphinic acid dipropyl ester.
  • trihydrocarbyl phosphites such as tricresyl phosphate, tributyl phosphite, tris(2-chloroethyl)phosphate and phosphite, dibutyl trichloromethyl phosphonates, di(n-butyl)phosphite, triphenyl
  • amine salts of phosphorus acids and phosphorus acid-esters which can be employed are amine salts of partially esterified phosphoric, phosphorous, phosphonic, and phosphinic acids and their partial or total thio analogs such as partially esterified monothiophosphoric, dithiophosphoric, trithiophosphoric and tetrathiophosphoric acids; amine salts of phosphonic acids and their thio analogs; and the like.
  • Specific examples include the dihexylammonium salt of dodecyl phosphoric acid, the diethyl hexyl ammonium salt of dioctyl dithiophosphoric acid, the octadecylammonium salt of dibutyl thiophosphoric acid, the dilaurylammonium salt of 2-ethyl hexyl phosphoric acid, the dioleyl ammonium salt of butane phosphonic acid, and analogous compounds.
  • fatty acids dimerized and trimerized unsaturated natural acids (e.g., linoleic) and esters, amine, ammonia, and metal (particularly lead) salts thereof, and amides and imidazoline salt and condensation products thereof, oxazolines, and esters of fatty acids, such as ammonium di-(Iinoleic) acid, lard oil, oleic acid, animal glycerides, lead stearate, etc.
  • dimerized and trimerized unsaturated natural acids e.g., linoleic
  • esters amine, ammonia, and metal (particularly lead) salts thereof, and amides and imidazoline salt and condensation products thereof, oxazolines, and esters of fatty acids, such as ammonium di-(Iinoleic) acid, lard oil, oleic acid, animal glycerides, lead stearate, etc.
  • Suitable chlorine-containing additives include chlorinated waxes of both the paraffinic and microcrystalline type, polyhaloaromatics such as di- and trichlorobenzene, trifluoromethyl naphthalenes, perchlorobenzene, pentachlorophenol and dichloro diphenyl trichloroethane. Also useful are chlorosulfurized olefins and olefinic waxes and sulfurized chlorophenyl methyl chlorides and chloroxanthates. Specific examples include chloro- dibenzyl disulfide,chlorosulfurized polyisobutene of Mn 600, chlorosulfurized pinene and chlorosulfurized lard oil.
  • compositions of this invention can include one or more supplemental ashless dispersants in order to supplement the dispersancy contributed by component b).
  • the supplemental ashless dispersant(s) differ from component b) in that the supplemental ashless dispersants are not phosphorylated and boronated in the manner of component b).
  • the supplemental ashless dispersant(s) can, nevertheless, be a phosphorylated or boronated ashless dispersant formed by using procedures of the types described herein for use in forming component b) or by using procedures of the types conventionally employed for producing by conventional technology ashless dispersants containing phosphorus or boron.
  • the supplemental ashless dispersant can be a basic nitrogen-containing or hydroxyl-containing ashless dispersant which has been heated with either one or more inorganic or one or more organic phosphorus compounds, or a combination of one or more inorganic and one or more organic phosphorus compounds.
  • the supplemental ashless dispersant(s) which may be used in the compositions of this invention can be any of the basic nitrogen-containing or hydroxyl group-containing ashless dispersants of the type referred to hereinabove in connection with the preparation of component b). Use can therefore be made of any of the carboxylic dispersants and/or any of the hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants and/or any of the Mannich polyamine dispersants and/or any of the polymeric polyamine dispersants referred to hereinabove.
  • Other ashless dispersants which can be included in the compositions of this invention are imidazoline dispersants which can be represented by the formula: wherein R 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, e.g.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atoms or a hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or an aminoalkyl, acylaminoalkyl or hydroxyalkyl radical having 2 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • Such long-chain alkyl (or long-chain alkenyl) imidazoline compounds may be made by reaction of a corresponding long-chain fatty acid (of formula R i -COOH), for example oleic acid, with an appropriate polyamine.
  • the imidazoline formed is then ordinarily called, for example, oleylimidazoline where the radical R 1 represents the oleyl residue of oleic acid.
  • Suitable alkyl substituents in the 2- position of these imidazolines include undecyl, heptadecyl, lauryl and erucyl.
  • Suitable N-substituents of the imidazolines include hydrocarbyl groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, aminoalkyl groups, and acylaminoalkyl groups. Examples of these various groups include methyl, butyl, decyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, tolyl, hydroxyethyl, aminoethyl, oleylaminoethyl and stearylami- noethyl.
  • Another class of ashless dispersant which can be incorporated in the compositions of this invention are the products of reaction of an ethoxylated amine made by reaction of ammonia with ethylene oxide with a carboxylic acid of 8 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the ethoxylated amine may be, for example, mono-, di- or tri-ethanolamine or a polyethoxylated derivative thereof, and the carboxylic acid may be, for example, a straight or branched chain fatty acid of 10 to 22 carbon atoms, a naphthenic acid, a resinic acid or an alkyl aryl carboxylic acid.
  • Still another type of ashless dispersants which can be used in the practice of this invention are the a-olefin-maleimide copolymers such as are described in U. S. Pat. No. 3,909,215.
  • Such copolymers are alternating copolymers of N-substituted maleimides and aliphatic ⁇ -olefins of from 8 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the copolymers may have an average of 4 to 20 maleimide groups per molecule.
  • the substituents on the nitrogen of the maleimide may be the same or different and are organic radicals composed essentially of carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen having a total of 3 to 60 carbon atoms.
  • a commercially available material which is highly suitable for use in this invention is Chevron OFA 425B, and this material is believed to be or comprise an a-olefin maleimide copolymer of the type described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,909,215.
  • ashless dispersants can be utilized either singly or in combination in the compositions of this invention, provided of course that they are compatible with the other additive components being employed and are suitably soluble in the base oil selected for use.
  • pour point depressants Another useful type of additive included in compositions of this invention is one or more pour point depressants.
  • pour point depressants in oil-base compositions to improve the low temperature properties of the compositions is well known to the art. See, for example, the books Lubricant Additives by C. V. Smalheerand R. Kennedy Smith (Lezius-Hiles Co. Publishers, Cleveland, Ohio, 1967); Gear and Transmission Lubricants by C. T. Boner (Reinhold Publishing Corp., New York, 1964); and Lubricant Additives by M. W. Ran- ney (Noyes Data Corporation, New Jersey, 1973).
  • pour point depressants are polymethacrylates, polyacrylates, condensation products of haloparaffin waxes and aromatic compounds, and vinyl carboxylate polymers.
  • terpolymers made by polymerizing a dialkyl fumurate, vinyl ester of a fatty acid and a vinyl alkyl ether. Techniques for preparing such polymers and their uses are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,250,715.
  • the pour point depressants are present in the amount of 0.01 to 5, and preferably 0.01 to 1, weight percent of the total composition.
  • the lubricant compositions can contain up to 15 weight percent of one or more viscosity index improvers (excluding the weight of solvent or carrier fluid with which viscosity index improvers are often associated as supplied).
  • viscosity index improvers excluding the weight of solvent or carrier fluid with which viscosity index improvers are often associated as supplied.
  • Dispersant viscosity index improvers which combine the activity of dispersants and viscosity index improvers, suitable for use in the compositions of this invention are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,702,300; 4,068,056; 4,068,058; 4,089,794; 4,137,185; 4,146,489; 4,149,984; 4,160,739; and 4,519,929.
  • fuel economy additives include such substances as the alkyl phosphonates as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,356,097, aliphatic hydrocarbyl-substituted succinimides derived from ammonia or alkyl monoamines as disclosed in European Patent Publication No. 20037, dimer acid esters as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,105,571, oleamide, and the like.
  • Such additives when used are generally present in amounts of 0.1 to 5 weight percent.
  • Glycerol oleates are another example of fuel economy additives and these are usually present in very small amounts, such as 0.05 to 0.2 weight percent based on the weight of the formulated oil.
  • Suitable friction modifiers include aliphatic amines or ethoxylated aliphatic amines, aliphatic fatty acid amides, aliphatic carboxylic acids, aliphatic carboxylic esters, aliphatic carboxylic ester-amides, aliphatic phosphates, aliphatic thiophosphonates, aliphatic thiophosphates, etc., wherein the aliphatic group usually contains above about eight carbon atoms so as to render the compound suitably oil soluble.
  • a desirable friction modifier additive combination which may be used in the practice of this invention is described in European Patent Publication No. 389,237. This combination involves use of a long chain succinimide derivative and a long chain amide.
  • Additives may be introduced into the compositions of this invention in order to improve the seal performance (elastomer compatibility) of the compositions.
  • Known materials of this type include dialkyl diesters such as dioctyl sebacate, aromatic hydrocarbons of suitable viscosity such as Panasol AN-3N, products such as Lubrizol 730, polyol esters such as Emery 2935, 2936, and 2939 esters from the Emery Group of Henkel Corporation and Hatcoi 2352,2962,2925,2938,2939,2970,3178, and 4322 polyol esters from Hatco Corporation.
  • diesters include the adipates, azelates, and sebacates of Cg-C i3 alkanols (or mixtures thereof), and the phthalates of C 4 -C 13 alkanols (or mixtures thereof). Mixtures of two or more different types of diesters (e.g., dialkyl adipates and dialkyl azelates, etc.) can also be used.
  • Such materials include the n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, isodecyl, and tridecyl di-esters of adipic acid, azelaic acid, and sebacic acid, and the n-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, and tridecyl diesters of phthalic acid.
  • the additive combinations of this invention can be incorporated in a wide variety of lubricants and functional fluids in effective amounts to provide suitable active ingredient concentrations.
  • the base oils not only can be hydrocarbon oils of lubricating viscosity derived from petroleum (or tar sands, coal, shale, etc.), but also can be natural oils of suitable viscosities such as rapeseed oil, etc., and synthetic oils such as hydrogenated polyolefin oils; poly-a-olefins (e.g., hydrogenated or unhydrogenated ⁇ -olefin oligomers such as hydrogenated poly-1-decene); alkyl esters of dicarboxylic acids; complex esters of dicarboxylic acid, polyglycol and alcohol; alkyl esters of carbonic or phosphoric acids; polysilicones; fluorohydrocarbon oils; and mixtures of mineral, natural and/or synthetic oils in any proportion, etc.
  • base oil for this disclosure includes all the foregoing.
  • the additive combinations of this invention can thus be used in lubricating oil and functional fluid compositions, such as automotive crankcase lubricating oils, automatic transmission fluids, gear oils, hydraulic oils, cutting oils, etc., in which the base oil of lubricating viscosity is a mineral oil, a synthetic oil, a natural oil such as a vegetable oil, or a mixture thereof, e.g. a mixture of a mineral oil and a synthetic oil.
  • the base oil of lubricating viscosity is a mineral oil, a synthetic oil, a natural oil such as a vegetable oil, or a mixture thereof, e.g. a mixture of a mineral oil and a synthetic oil.
  • Suitable mineral oils include those of appropriate viscosity refined from crude oil of any source including Gulf Coast, Midcontinent, Pennsylvania, California, Alaska, Middle East, North Sea and the like. Standard refinery operations may be used in processing the mineral oil.
  • general types of petroleum oils useful in the compositions of this invention are solvent neutrals, bright stocks, cylinder stocks, residual oils, hydrocracked base stocks, paraffin oils including pale oils, and solvent extracted naphthenic oils. Such oils and blends of them are produced by a number of conventional techniques which are widely known by those skilled in the art.
  • the base oil can consist essentially of or comprise a portion of one or more synthetic oils.
  • suitable synthetic oils are homo- and inter-polymers of C 2 -C 12 olefins, carboxylic acid esters of both monoalcohols and polyols, polyethers, silicones, polyglycols, silicates, alkylated aromatics, carbonates, thiocarbonates, orthoformates, phosphates and phosphites, borates and halogenated hydrocarbons.
  • oils are homo- and interpolymers of C 2 -C 12 monoolefinic hydrocarbons, alkylated benzenes (e.g., dodecyl benzenes, didodecyl benzenes, tetradecyl benzenes, dinonyl benzenes, di-(2-ethylhexyl)benzenes, wax-alkylated naphthalenes); and polyphenyls (e.g., biphenyls, terphenyls).
  • alkylated benzenes e.g., dodecyl benzenes, didodecyl benzenes, tetradecyl benzenes, dinonyl benzenes, di-(2-ethylhexyl)benzenes, wax-alkylated naphthalenes
  • polyphenyls e.g., biphenyl
  • Alkylene oxide polymers and interpolymers and derivatives thereof where the terminal hydroxyl groups have been modified by esterification, etherification, etc. constitute another class of synthetic oils. These are exemplified by the oi Is prepared through polymerization of alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, and the alkyl and aryl ethers of these polyoxyalkylene polymers (e.g., methyl polyisopropylene glycol ether having an average molecular weight of 1,000, diphenyl ether of polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of 500-1,000, diethyl ether of polypropylene glycol having a molecular weight of 1,000-1,500) or mono-and poly-carboxylic esters thereof, for example, the acetic acid ester, mixed C 3 -C 6 fatty acid esters, or the C 13 Oxo acid diester of tetraethylene glycol.
  • alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide or propylene oxide
  • Another suitable class of synthetic oils comprises the esters of dicarboxylic acids (e.g., phthalic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, azelaic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, adipic acid, linoleic acid dimer) with a variety of alcohols (e.g., butyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, dodecyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, ethylene glycol).
  • dicarboxylic acids e.g., phthalic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, azelaic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, adipic acid, linoleic acid dimer
  • alcohols e.g., butyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, dodecyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, ethylene glycol.
  • esters include dibutyl adipate, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, didodecyl adipate, di(2-ethylhexyl)sebacate, dilauryl sebacate, di-n-hexyl fumarate, dioctyl sebacate, diisooctyl azelate, diisodecyl azelate, dioctyl phthalate, didecyl phthalate, di(eicosyl)sebacate, the 2-ethylhexyl diester of linoleic acid dimer, and the complex ester formed by reacting one mole of sebacic acid with two moles of tetraethylene glycol and two moles of 2-ethylhexanoic acid.
  • Esters which may be used as synthetic oils also include those made from C 3 -C 12 monocarboxylic acids and polyols and polyol ethers such as neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol and dipentaerythritol. Trimethylol propane tripelargonate and pentaerythritol tetracaproate serve as examples.
  • Silicon-based oils such as the polyalkyl-, polyaryl-, polyalkoxy-, or polyaryloxy-siloxane oils and silicate oils comprise another class of synthetic lubricants (e.g., tetraethyl silicate, tetraisopropyl silicate, tetra-(2-ethylhexyl) silicate, tetra-(p-tert-butylphenyl)silicate, poly(methyl)siloxanes, and poly(methylphenyl)siloxanes.
  • synthetic lubricants e.g., tetraethyl silicate, tetraisopropyl silicate, tetra-(2-ethylhexyl) silicate, tetra-(p-tert-butylphenyl)silicate, poly(methyl)siloxanes, and poly(methylphenyl)siloxanes.
  • Other synthetic lubricating oils include liquid esters of phosphorus-containing acids (e.g., tricresyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphite, and diethyl ester of decane phosphonic acid.
  • liquid esters of phosphorus-containing acids e.g., tricresyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphite, and diethyl ester of decane phosphonic acid.
  • base oils or as components of base oils are hydrogenated or unhydrogenated liquid oligomers of C 6 -C l6 alpha-olefins, such as hydrogenated or unhydrogenated oligomers formed from 1-decene.
  • Methods for the production of such liquid oligomeric 1-alkene hydrocarbons are known and reported in the literature. See for example U. S. Pat. Nos. 3,749,560; 3,763,244; 3,780,128; 4,172,855; 4,218,330; and 4,950,822.
  • hydrogenated 1-alkene oligomers of this type are available as articles of commerce, for example, under the trade designations ETHYLFLO 162, ETHYLFLO 164, ETHYLFLO 166, ETHYLFLO 168, ETHYLFLO 170, ETHYLFLO 174, and ETHYLFLO 180 poly-a-olefin oils (Ethyl Corporation; Ethyl S.A.; Ethyl Canada Limited). Blends of such materials can also be used in order to adjust the viscometrics of the given base oil. Suitable 1-alkene oligomers are also available from other suppliers. As is well known, hydrogenated oligomers of this type contain little, if any, residual ethylenic unsaturation.
  • Preferred oligomers are formed by use of a Friedel-Crafts catalyst (especially boron trifluoride promoted with water or a C 1 - 20 alkanol) followed by catalytic hydrogenation of the oligomer so formed using procedures such as are described in the foregoing U. S. patents.
  • a Friedel-Crafts catalyst especially boron trifluoride promoted with water or a C 1 - 20 alkanol
  • catalyst systems which can be used to form oligomers of 1-alkene hydrocarbons, which, on hydrogenation, provide suitable oleaginous liquids include Ziegler catalysts such as ethyl aluminum sesquichloride with titanium tetrachloride, aluminum alkyl catalysts, chromium oxide catalysts on silica or alumina supports and a system in which a boron trifluoride catalyst oligomerization is followed by treatment with an organic peroxide.
  • Ziegler catalysts such as ethyl aluminum sesquichloride with titanium tetrachloride, aluminum alkyl catalysts, chromium oxide catalysts on silica or alumina supports and a system in which a boron trifluoride catalyst oligomerization is followed by treatment with an organic peroxide.
  • Typical natural oils that may be used as base oils or as components of the base oils include castor oil, olive oil, peanut oil, rapeseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, hemp oil, linseed oil, tung oil, oiticica oil, jojoba oil, and the like. Such oils may be partially orfully hydrogenated, if desired.
  • the base oils used in the compositions of this invention may be composed of (i) one or more mineral oils, (ii) one or more synthetic oils, (iii) one or more natural oils, or (iv) a blend of (i) and (ii), or (i) and (iii), or (ii) and (iii), or (i), (ii) and (iii) does not mean that these various types of oils are necessarily equivalents of each other.
  • Certain types of base oils may be used in certain compositions for the specific properties they possess such as high temperature stability, non-flammability or lack of corrosivity towards specific metals (e.g. silver or cadmium). In other compositions, other types of base oils may be preferred for reasons of availability or low cost.
  • the skilled artisan will recognize that while the various types of base oils discussed above may be used in the compositions of this invention, they are not necessarily functional equivalents of each other in every instance.
  • the components of the additive compositions of this invention are employed in the oleaginous liquids (e.g., lubricating oils and functional fluids) in minor amounts sufficient to improve the performance characteristics and properties of the base oil orfluid.
  • the amounts will thus vary in accordance with such factors as the viscosity characteristics of the base oil or fluid employed, the viscosity characteristics desired in the finished product, the service conditions for which the finished product is intended, and the performance characteristics desired in the finished product.
  • concentrations (weight percent) of the components (active ingredients) in the base oils or fluids are illustrative:
  • concentrations (weight percent of active ingredient) of typical optional ingredients in the oleaginous liquid compositions of this invention are generally as follows:
  • the individual components a) and b), and also any and all auxiliary components employed can be separately blended into the base oil or fluid or can be blended therein in various subcombinations, if desired. Moreover, such components can be blended in the form of separate solutions in a diluent. Except for viscosity index improvers and/or pour point depressants (which are usually blended apart from other components), it is preferable to blend the components used in the form of an additive concentrate of this invention, as this simplifies the blending operations, reduces the likelihood of blending errors, and takes advantage of the compatibility and solubility characteristics afforded by the overall concentrate.
  • the additive concentrates of this invention will contain components a) and b) in amounts proportioned to yield finished oil or fluid blends consistent with the concentrations tabulated above.
  • the additive concentrate will contain one or more diluents such as light mineral oils, to facilitate handling and blending of the concentrate.
  • concentrates containing up to 50% by weight of one or more diluents or solvents can be used.
  • the oleaginous liquids provided by this invention can be used in a variety of applications.
  • they can be employed as crankcase lubricants, gear oils, hydraulic fluids, manual transmission fluids, automatic transmission fluids, cutting and machining fluids, brake fluids, shock absorber fluids, heat transferfluids, quenching oils, transformer oils, and the like.
  • the compositions are particularly suitable for use as crankcase lubricants for spark ignition (gasoline) engines, and compression ignition (diesel) engines.
  • the formulation or blending operations are relatively simple and involve mixing together in a suitable container or vessel, using a dry, inert atmosphere where necessary or desirable, appropriate proportions of the selected ingredients.
  • Those skilled in the art are cognizant of and familiar with the procedures suitable for formulating and blending additive concentrates and lubricant compositions.
  • the order of addition of components to the blending tank or vessel is not critical provided of course, that the components being blended at any given time are not incompatible with each other. Agitation such as with mechanical stirring equipment is desirable to facilitate the blending operation.
  • the additive ingredients When forming the lubricant compositions of this invention, it is usually desirable to introduce the additive ingredients into the base oil with stirring and application of mildly elevated temperatures, as this facilitates the dissolution of the components in the oil and achievement of product uniformity.
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.11% phosphorus and 0.02% boron is formed by blending together the following components:
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.13% phosphorus and 0.01 % boron is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 2 The procedure of Example 2 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example A-45 and is employed at a concentration of 2.970%. The amount of the base oil is thus 82.886%.
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 4 The procedure of Example 4 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
  • Example 5 The procedure of Example 5 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
  • a synthetic lubricant of this invention is formed by blending together the following components in the amounts specified:
  • Example 10 The procedure of Example 10 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example A-45 and is employed at a concentration of 5.940%, and the amount of process oil used is 1.560%.
  • Example 10 The procedure of Example 10 is repeated using the same ingredients except as otherwise specified:
  • Example 12 The procedure of Example 12 is repeated using the same ingredients except where otherwise specified:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 1:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 3:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 4:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 5:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 4:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 7:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 8:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Alubricantcomposition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and a viscosity index improver in a base oil as follows:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the components as identified in Example 21 in the following proportions:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and the viscosity index improver of Example 21 in a base oil composed of 63.2% Petro Canada 160 neutral oil and 15.8% Petro Canada 650 neutral oil as follows:
  • An oleaginous composition is formed by blending together the following components:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 24 The procedure of Example 24 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • Example 25 The procedure of Example 25 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 27 The procedure of Example 27 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • Example 28 The procedure of Example 28 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.11% phosphorus and 0.02% boron is formed by blending together the following components:
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.13% phosphorus and 0.01 % boron is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 31 The procedure of Example 31 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example B-45 and is employed at a concentration of 2.970%. The amount of the base oil is thus 82.886%.
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 33 The procedure of Example 33 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
  • Example 34 The procedure of Example 34 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
  • a synthetic lubricant of this invention is formed by blending together the following components in the amounts specified:
  • Example 39 The procedure of Example 39 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example B-45 and is employed at a concentration of 5.940%, and the amount of process oil used is 1.060%.
  • Example 39 The procedure of Example 39 is repeated using the same ingredients except as otherwise specified:
  • Example 41 The procedure of Example 41 is repeated using the same ingredients except where otherwise specified:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 30:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 32:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 33:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 34:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 33:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 36:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 37:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and a viscosity index improver in a base oil as follows:
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the components as identified in Example 50 in the following proportions:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and the viscosity index improver of Example 50 in a base oil composed of 63.2% Petro Canada 160 neutral oil and 15.8% Petro Canada 650 neutral oil as follows:
  • An oleaginous composition is formed by blending together the following components:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 53 The procedure of Example 53 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • Example 54 The procedure of Example 54 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • a lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
  • Example 56 The procedure of Example 56 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • Example 57 The procedure of Example 57 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
  • Lubricant compositions prepared as in Examples 24 through 29 were subjected to the Toyota 3AU Valve Train Wear Test, a motored engine test simulating cold start cranking of an engine. The procedure is designed to evaluate cam follower wear -- wear based mainly on scuffing. The amount of camshaft lobe wear and the rocker arm demerit ratings so obtained were as follows:
  • the patent shows in its Tables 3 and 4 that with succinimide derived from polyisobutylene of number average molecular weight of 950, maleic anhydride and tetraethylene pentamine, products having a succination ratio of 1.0 gave inferior results on dispersancy and varnish formation than corresponding succinimides in which the succination ratio was 1.8. Yet, a boronated and phosphorylated polyisobutenyl succinimide with a succination ratio of about 1.15 made from polyisobutene of number average molecular weight of about 900, can give good results both on dispersancy and on wear prevention.
  • oil-soluble is used in the sense that the component in question has sufficient solubility in the selected base oil in order to dissolve therein at ordinary temperatures to a concentration at least equivalent to the minimum concentration specified herein for use of such component.
  • solubility of such component in the selected base oil will be in excess of such minimum concentration, although there is no requirement that the component be soluble in the base oil in all proportions.
  • certain useful additives do not completely dissolve in base oils but rather are used in the form of stable suspensions or dispersions. Additives of this type can be employed in the compositions of this invention, provided they do not significantly interfere with the performance or usefulness of the composition in which they are employed.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Lubricants (AREA)

Description

    TECHNICAL FIELD
  • This invention relates to oleaginous compositions of enhanced performance characteristics, to additive concentrates for enhancing the performance characteristics of oleaginous base fluids (e.g., lubricants and functional fluids), and to methods of achieving such enhanced performance characteristics.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Over the years the demand for performance improvements in lubricating oils and functional fluids has persisted and, if anything, progressively increased. For example, lubricating oils for use in internal combustion engines, and in particular, in spark-ignition and diesel engines, are constantly being modified and improved to provide improved performance. Various organizations including the SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers), the ASTM (formerly the American Society for Testing Materials) and the API (American Petroleum Institute) as well as the automotive manufacturers continually seek to improve the performance of lubricating oils. Various standards have been established and modified over the years through the efforts of these organizations. As engines have increased in power output and complexity, and in many cases decreased in size, the performance requirements have been increased to provide lubricating oils that will exhibit a reduced tendency to deteriorate under conditions of use and thereby to reduce wear and the formation of such undesirable deposits as varnish, sludge, carbonaceous materials and resinous materials which tend to adhere to various engine parts and reduce the operational efficiency of the engine.
  • Current objectives include the development of additive formulations and oleaginous compositions, especially crankcase lubricants and crankcase lubricant additive packages, capable of achieving these stringent performance requirements without requiring use of heavy metal-containing components, such as zinc dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates. Because of environmental and conservational concerns, much emphasis of late has been devoted toward finding ways of eliminating heavy metal-containing components from lubricants and functional fluids. Not only do heavy metals pose environmental and toxicological problems (e.g., problems arising in the event of spillage, leaks, etc.), but their presence in used oils complicates used oil reclamation procedures.
  • Still another desirable objective is to provide additive formulations and oleaginous compositions which exhibit good compatibility with elastomeric substances utilized in the manufacture of seals, gaskets, clutch plate facings, and like parts. Unfortunately, commonly used additives containing basic nitrogen constituents tend to cause excessive degradation of such elastomers when oils containing such additives come in contact with such elastomers during actual service conditions.
  • A need thus exists for novel oleaginous compositions (i.e., lubricants and functional fluids) and additive formulations therefor which are capable of meeting stringent performance criteria including adequate compatibility with elastomeric substances, and which nonetheless are devoid of heavy metal-containing components.
  • There are literally hundreds, if not thousands, of patent disclosures describing attempts (some more successful than others) to improve the performance characteristics of oils of lubricating viscosity. A small selection from this vast body of literature comprises U.S. 3,087,936; 3,184,411; 3,185,645; 3,235,497; 3,254,025; 3,265,618; 3,281,428; 3,282,955; 3,284,410; 3,324,032; 3,325,567; 3,338,832; 3,344,069; 3,403,102; 3,502,677; 3,511,780; 3,513,093; 3,533,945; 3,623,985; 3,718,663; 3,865,740; 3,950,341; 3,991,056; 4,097,389; 4,234,435; 4,338,205; 4,428,849; 4,554,086; 4,615,826; 4,634,543; 4,648,980; 4,747,971; 4,857,214; and 4,873,004.
  • THE INVENTION
  • This invention provides additive systems capable of imparting enhanced performance characteristics to natural and synthetic oils of lubricating viscosity. In addition, this invention makes it possible to achieve such enhanced performance with additive systems devoid of heavy metal-containing performance enhancers such as heavy metal-containing dithiophosphates, xanthates and/or dithiocarbamates. In short, this invention makes it possible to achieve a high level of performance without use of conventional heavy metal-containing performance enhancer additives such as zinc dialkyldithiophosphates.
  • In accordance with this invention there is provided in one of its embodiments a composition comprising a major proportion of at least one oil of lubricating viscosity and a minor proportion of at least the following components:
    • a) one or more oil-soluble overbased alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergents having a total base number (TBN) of at least 200, preferably at least 250, more preferably at least 300, and most preferably 400 or more; and
    • b) one or more oil-soluble phosphorus- and boron-containing liquid additive compositions formed by heating concurrently or in any sequence at least one ashless dispersant which contains basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group with (i) at least one inorganic phosphorus acid or anhydride, or at least one partial or total sulfur analog thereof, or any combination of the foregoing; or (ii) at least one water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound and water; and (iii) at least one boron compound;

    components a) and b) being proportioned such that the weight ratio of metal in the form of component a) to phosphorus in the form of component b) falls in the range of 0.15:1 to 10:1. TBN of a) is determined in accordance with ASTM D-2896-88.
  • In the formation of such liquid composition from (ii) and (iii), water is removed at least during or after the heating with (ii) and (iii) (if conducted concurrently) or at least during or after the heating with (ii) (if conducted sequentially).
  • The cooperation between components a) and b) of such compositions makes it possible to achieve performance levels (reduction in sludge formation and/or deposition and reduction in wear in gears and/or other relatively moveable metal surfaces in contact with each other) normally achieved, if at all, by use of heavy metal-containing additive components such as zinc dialkyldithiophosphates.
  • Another advantageous feature of this invention is that combinations of components a) and b) can exhibit good compatibility toward elastomers commonly employed in the manufacture of seals or gaskets, clutch plate facings, etc., such as nitrile rubbers, fluoroelastomers, and silicon-containing (e.g., silicone-type) elastomers. In other words, such elastomers are not subjected to excessive degradation when in contact under actual service conditions with preferred lubricant or functional fluid compositions of this invention.
  • Still another advantageous feature of this invention is that the combinations of components a) and b) are relatively non-corrosive toward "yellow metals" such as copper, brass, bronze, and the like. In such combinations, component a) is composed of one or more overbased alkali metal-containing and/or overbased alkaline earth metal-containing detergents of the types generally known to be useful in oleaginous fluids (e.g., over- based sulfonates, overbased phenates, overbased sulfurized phenates, overbased salicylates, overbased sulfurized salicylates, etc.). Besides contributing detergency to the compositions, such metal compounds can serve to reduce corrosive attack on so-called "yellow metals" such as copper, bronze, and the like.
  • Additive concentrates comprising at least components a) and b) above constitute additional embodiments of this invention.
  • In order to satisfy the stringent specification requirements to qualify for top-grade crankcase lubricating oils, it is necessary to include in the compositions of this invention a combination of antioxidant and corrosion inhibitor. In this way, the enhanced performance (e.g., effective control of sludge, deposit and varnish formation and of wear of contacting metal parts) made possible by this invention can be maintained while at the same time satisfying specification requirements associated with oxidation and corrosion inhibition. Thus in another preferred embodiment of this invention, there is provided a crankcase lubricant composition which comprises a major proportion of at least one oil of lubricating viscosity and a minor proportion of at least the following components:
    • a) one or more oil-soluble alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergents having a TBN of at least about 200, preferably about 250 or more, more preferably about 300 or more, and most preferably about 400 or more;
    • b) one or more oil-soluble additive compositions formed by heating concurrently or in any sequence at least one ashless dispersant which contains basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group with (i) at least one inorganic phosphorus acid or anhydride, or at least one partial or total sulfur analog thereof, or any combination of the foregoing -- preferably one or more sulfur-free inorganic phosphorus acids; most preferably phosphorous acid (HaPOa); or (ii) at least one water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound and water -- preferably one or more halogen-free organic phosphorus compounds such as the total or partial organic esters of a phosphorus acid, more preferably a dihydrocarbyl hydrogen phosphite, and most preferably a dialkyl hydrogen phosphite; and (iii) at least one boron compound -- preferably one or more halogen-free boron compounds; most preferably boric acid and/or one or more boric acid esters; such that a liquid composition is formed;
    • c) one or more oil-soluble antioxidants; and
    • d) one or more oil-soluble corrosion inhibitors; such that said lubricant composition satisfies (1) the requirements of the Sequence IID, Sequence IIIE, and Sequence VE procedures of the American Petroleum Institute; and/or (2) the requirements of the L-38 Test Procedure of the American Petroleum Institute; and/or (3) the requirements of the Caterpillar@ 1 G(2) and/or the 1 H(2) Test Procedures; component a) and b) being proportioned such that the weight ratio of metal in the form of component a) to phosphorus in the form of component b) falls in the range of 0.15:1 to 10:1.
  • Additive concentrates which comprise at least components a), b), c), and d) as set forth above, and which when blended with a base oil of lubricating viscosity provide a lubricant satisfying the foregoing Sequence IID, IIIE, and VE procedures; and/or the L-38 procedure; and/or at least one of the Caterpillar@ 1G(2) and Caterpillar@ 1H(2) procedures constitute still additional especially preferred embodiments of this invention. The most preferred preferred embodiments are lubricant compositions and additive concentrates which satisfy the requirements of all of the Sequence IID, Sequence IIIE, Sequence VE, L38, Caterpillar@ 1G(2) and Caterpillar@ 1H(2) procedures.
  • Additional preferred embodiments of this invention are oleaginous compositions and additive concentrates in which the relative proportions of components a) and b) are such that the weight ratio of alkali and/or alkaline earth metal(s) in the form of component a) to phosphorus in the form of component b), respectively, falls in the range of about 0.2:1 to about 10:1 (more preferably in the range of about 0.2:1 to about 5:1, and most preferably in the range of about 0.25:1 to about4:1). Particularly preferred are lubricants and functional fluids containing components a) and b) proportioned as specified in this paragraph wherein the total content of metals in the form of component a) is in the range of about 0.001 to about 1, preferably in the range of about 0.01 to about 0.5, and most preferably in the range of about 0.02 to about 0.3 weight percent of metal(s) based on the total weight of the lubricant composition or functional fluid composition. Despite the absence of any added quantity of heavy metal-containing components, such lubricant and functional fluid compositions can provide a high level of performance.
  • Other preferred embodiments of this invention are oleaginous compositions and additive concentrates in which one or more sulfur-free phosphorus compounds are used in forming component b). This reduces the possibility of hydrogen sulfide evolution from component b) during long periods of storage under elevated temperatures.
  • Still further preferred embodiments of this invention comprise lubricant compositions formulated for use as crankcase lubricants for gasoline and/or diesel engines containing at least components a) and b) in proportions such that the overall composition has a TBN of at least 4.
  • Other embodiments of this invent ion include the provision of methods for inhibiting sludge format ion and/or deposition in oils normally tending to occur during actual service conditions, and methods for imparting antiwear and/or extreme pressure properties to oils of lubricating viscosity. Also provided are methods of inhibiting elastomer degradation, particularly fluoroelastomer and silicone elastomer degradation, in systems wherein an elastomer is maintained in contact with an oleaginous composition containing one or more basic nitrogen-containing components.
  • Yet another embodiment of this invention is the provision of ways of reducing scuffing wear, especially scuffing wear of the type experienced when operating an internal combustion engine on a periodical basis so that it must be started from time to time by cranking the engine after it has been standing idle and is not warmed up through prior operation. Use of the oleaginous compositions of this invention as crankcase lubricants can reduce such scuffing wear. Thus, for example, this invention provides a method of reducing scuffing wear in an internal combustion engine which comprises providing as the crankcase lubricant for the engine, a lubricant composition of this invention and operating the engine on a discontinuous basis such that the engine is started by cranking from time to time.
  • The above and other embodiments and features of this invention will become further apparent from the ensuing description and appended claims.
  • Component a)
  • The metal-containing detergents of the compositions of this invention are exemplified by oil-soluble over- based salts of alkali or alkaline earth metals with one or more of the following acidic substances (or mixtures thereof): (1) sulfonic acids, (2) carboxylic acids, (3) salicylic acids, (4) alkylphenols, (5) sulfurized alkylphenols, (6) organic phosphorus acids characterized by at least one direct carbon-to-phosphorus linkage. Such organic phosphorus acids include those prepared by the treatment of an olefin polymer (e.g., polyisobutene having a molecular weight of 1,000) with a phosphorizing agent such as phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus heptasulfide, phosphorus pentasulfide, phosphorus trichloride and sulfur, white phosphorus and a sulfur halide, or phosphorothioic chloride. The preferred salts of such acids from the cost-effectiveness, toxicological, and environmental standpoints are the salts of sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, and magnesium. And as noted above, the salts for use as component a) are overbased salts having a TBN of at least 200, more preferably at least 250, still more preferably at least 300, and most preferably at least 400.
  • The term "overbased" in connection with composition a) is used to designate metal salts wherein the metal is present in stoichiometrically larger amounts than the organic acid radical. The commonly employed methods for preparing the over-based salts involve heating a mineral oil solution of an acid with a stoichiometric excess of a metal neutralizing agent such as the metal oxide, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or sulfide at a temperature of about 50°C, and filtering the resulting mass. The use of a "promoter" in the neutralization step to aid the incorporation of a large excess of metal likewise is known. Examples of compounds useful as the promoter include phenolic substances such as phenol, naphthol, alkylphenol, thiophenol, sulfurized alkylphenol, and condensation products of formaldehyde with a phenolic substance; alcohols such as methanol, 2-propanol, octyl alcohol, Cellosolve alcohol, Carbitol alcohol, ethylene glycol, stearyl alcohol, and cyclohexyl alcohol; and amines such as aniline, phenylenediamine, phenothiazine,phenyl-betanaphthylamine, and dodecyl-amine. A particularly effective method for preparing the basic salts comprises mixing an acid with an excess of a basic alkaline earth metal neutralizing agent and at least one alcohol promoter, and carbonating the mixture at an elevated temperature such as 60°-200°C.
  • Examples of suitable metal-containing detergents include, but are not limited to, overbased salts of such substances as lithium phenates, sodium phenates, potassium phenates, calcium phenates, magnesium phenates, sulfurized lithium phenates, sulfurized sodium phenates, sulfurized potassium phenates, sulfurized calcium phenates, and sulfurized magnesium phenates wherein each aromatic group has one or more aliphatic groups to impart hydrocarbon solubility; lithium sulfonates, sodium sulfonates, potassium sulfonates, calcium sulfonates, and magnesium sulfonates wherein each sulfonic acid moiety is attached to an aromatic nucleus which in turn usually contains one or more aliphatic substituents to impart hydrocarbon solubility; lithium salicylates, sodium salicylates, potassium salicylates, calcium salicylates, and magnesium salicylates wherein the aromatic moiety is usually substituted by one or more aliphatic substituents to impart hydrocarbon solubility; the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium and magnesium salts of hydrolysed phosphosulfurized olefins having 10 to 2,000 carbon atoms or of hydrolyzed phosphosulfurized alcohols and/or aliphatic-substituted phenolic compounds having 10 to 2,000 carbon atoms; lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium and magnesium salts of aliphatic carboxylic acids and aliphaticsubstituted cycloaliphatic carboxylic acids; and many other similar alkali and alkaline earth metal salts of oil-soluble organic acids. Mixtures of overbased salts of two or more different alkali and/or alkaline earth metals can be used. Likewise, overbased salts of mixtures of two or more different acids or two or more different types of acids (e.g., one or more overbased calcium phenates with one or more overbased calcium sulfonates) can also be used.
  • As is well known, overbased metal detergents are generally regarded as containing overbasing quantities of inorganic bases, probably in the form of micro dispersions or colloidal suspensions. Thus the term "oil-soluble" as applied to component a) materials is intended to include metal detergents wherein inorganic bases are present that are not necessarily completely or truly oil-soluble in the strict sense of the term, inasmuch as such detergents when mixed into base oils behave in much the same way as if they were fully and totally dissolved in the oil.
  • Collectively, the various overbased detergents referred to hereinabove, have sometimes been called, quite simply, basic or overbased alkali metal or alkaline earth metal-containing organic acid salts.
  • Methods for the production of oil-soluble overbased alkali and alkaline earth metal-containing detergents are well known to those skilled in the art and are extensively reported in the patent literature. See for example, the disclosures of U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,451,345; 2,451,346; 2,485,861; 2,501,731; 2,501,732; 2,585,520; 2,671,758; 2,616,904; 2,616,905; 2,616,906; 2,616,911; 2,616,924; 2,616,925; 2,617,049; 2,695,910; 3,178,368; 3,367,867; 3,496,105; 3,629,109; 3,865,737; 3,907,691; 4,100,085; 4,129,589; 4,137,184; 4,148,740; 4,212,752; 4,617,135; 4,647,387; 4,880,550; GB Published Patent Application 2,082,619A, and European Patent Application Publication Nos. 121,024 B1 and 259,974 A2.
  • The overbased metal detergents utilized as component a) can, if desired, be oil-soluble boronated over- based alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergents. Methods for preparing boronated, overbased metal detergents are described, for example, in U. S. Pat. Nos. 3,480,548; 3,679,584; 3,829,381; 3,909,691; 4,965,003; and 4,965,004.
  • Particularly preferred metal detergents for use as component a) are one or more overbased calcium sulfonates, one or more overbased magnesium sulfonates, and combinations of one or more overbased calcium sulfonates and one or more overbased magnesium sulfonates, in all cases satisfying the TBN requirements set forth hereinabove.
  • Component b)
  • The other indispensable additive ingredient of the compositions of this invention is comprised of one or more oil-soluble additive compositions formed by heating concurrently or any sequence at least one ashless dispersant which contains basic nitrogen and/orat least one hydroxyl group with (i) at least one inorganic phosphorus acid or anhydride or at least one partial or total sulfur analog thereof, or any combination of the foregoing; or (ii) at least one water-hydrolyzable organic compound of phosphorus -- preferably a water-hydrolyzable ester of an acid of phosphorus -- and water; and (iii) at least one boron compound, such that a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition is formed, and from which water has been removed when (ii) and (iii) are used. The ashless dispersant which is heated concurrently or in any sequence with components (i) or (ii) and (iii) is preferably a preformed ashless dispersant containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group. Thus, for example, any suitable ashless dispersant formed in the customary manner can be heated with one or more boron compounds to cause boronation to occur and the resultant product mixture can then be heated with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water, such that a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition [component b)] is formed. Conversely, a preformed ashless dispersant can be heated with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water, and thereafter the product mixture can be heated with one or more boron compounds so that a liquid phosphorus-and boron-containing composition is formed. The preferred way of forming component b) is to heat a preformed ashless dispersant with a combination of one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds and one or more boron compounds to form a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition. In otherwords, to form component b) in the preferred manner, the preformed ashless dispersant is concurrently heated with one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds and one or more boron compounds. In all cases, the resulting liquid product composition when subjected to chemical analysis reveals the presence of both phosphorus and boron.
  • Rather than uti lizing a preformed ashless dispersant containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group, it is possible to produce component b) by:
    • 1) forming the ashless dispersant in the presence of one or more suitable boron compounds (e.g., boron ester or boron oxide) and then heating the resultant composition with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water; or
    • 2) forming the ashless dispersant in the presence of (i) one or more suitable inorganic phosphorus compounds (e.g., a phosphorus oxide or sulfide) and then heating the resultant composition with one or more boron compounds, or forming the ashless dispersant in the presence of (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and then heating the resultant composition with one or more boron compounds in the presence of water; or
    • 3) forming the ashless dispersant in the presence of one or more suitable boron compounds (see 1) above) and one or more suitable inorganic phosphorus compounds (see 2) above); or forming the ashless dispersant in the presence of one or more boron compounds and one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and heating the ashless dispersant in the presence of water either during or after the formation of the ashless dispersant; or
    • 4) heating one or more boron compounds with a basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl group-containing reactant used in forming the ashless dispersant, using the resultant boronated reactant to form the ashless dispersant and then heating the resultant ashless dispersant with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) with one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds in the presence of water; or
    • 5) heating (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds in the presence of water, with a basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl group-containing reactant used in forming the ashless dispersant, using the resultant phosphorylated reactant to form the ashless dispersant and then heating the resultant ashless dispersant with one or more boron compounds; or
    • 6) heating (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds and one more boron compounds or (ii) in the presence of water one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and one more boron compounds, with a basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl group-containing reactant used in forming the ashless dispersant, and using the resultant phosphorylated and boronated reactant to form the ashless dispersant.

    In all cases, the final product composition [component b)] should be a liquid composition that on analysis reveals the presence of boron and phosphorus. Such product composition should also exhibit dispersant properties. In any case wherein an ashless dispersant used in forming component b) is not a liquid but rather is in whole or in part in the solid state of aggregation at room temperature (e.g., 25°C), it is preferable to dissolve such dispersant in a suitable solvent or diluent (polar or non-polar, as may be required to dissolve the dispersant) before the dispersant is subjected to phosphorylation and/or boronation (as the case may be) in forming component b). In this connection, the phrase "such that a liquid composition is formed" as used herein in connection with such solid state dispersants means that component b), including such solvent or diluent, is in the liquid state of aggregation at room temperature (e.g., 25°C), even though at a lower temperature the dispersant may revert in whole or in part to the solid state. Of course in any case, component b) must be oil-soluble within the meaning of such term as set forth hereinafter.
  • Irrespective of the method used in forming component b), in any instance wherein macro (i.e., non-dispersible) solids are formed or remain in the liquid composition after it has been formed, such solids should be removed, and can be readily removed, by any of a variety of conventional separation techniques such as filtration, centrifugation, decantation, or the like.
  • The actual chemical structures of the final product compositions used as component b) in the practice of this invention, however prepared, are not known with absolute certainty. While it is believed that phosphorus-containing moieties and boron-containing moieties are chemically bonded to the ashless dispersant, it is possible that component b) is in whole or in part a micellar structure containing phosphorus- and/or boron-containing species or moieties. Thus, this invention is not limited to, and should not be construed as being limited to, any specific structural configurations with respect to component b). As noted above, all that is required is that component b) is a liquid that is oil soluble and that if subjected to analysis reveals the presence of both phosphorus and boron. In addition, component b) should possess dispersant properties.
  • Although any of a variety of standard methods can be used to analyze the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant for the presence of phosphorus and boron therein, it is desirable to use the analytical procedure set forth in ASTM D4951. In this procedure it is convenient to use a Perkin-Elmer Plasma 40 Emission Spectrometer. The analyzing wavelengths for acceptable measurements are 213.618 nm and 249.773 nm for phosphorus and boron, respectively.
  • The phosphorylated and boronated dispersants utilized as component b) in the compositions of this invention when in their undiluted state should have on a weight basis a phosphorus content of at least 100 parts per million (ppm) (preferably at least 500 ppm and more preferably at least 1000 ppm) and a boron content of at least 100 ppm (preferably at least 500 ppm and more preferably at least 1000 ppm).
  • It is to be understood and appreciated that component b) may contain chemical species and/or moieties besides the phosphorus- and boron-containing species or moieties such as, for example, nitrogen- and/oroxy- gen- and/or sulfur-containing species or moieties over and above the basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl group(s) forming an essential part of the initial ashless dispersant itself. It is also to be understood and appreciated that organic phosphorus-containing compounds may be used along with inorganic phosphorus compounds in making component b). Further, the inorganic phosphorus compound or compounds can be formed in situ, as, for example, by heating a mixture of phosphorus and sulfur to form a phosphorus sulfide, or by treating one or more organic phosphorus compounds to convert the same in whole or in part into one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds. Also, inorganic phosphorus-containing compounds may be used along with water and one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds in making component b). Further, the water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound or compounds can be formed in situ, as, for example, by heating a mixture of one or more alcohols or phenols with one or more phosphorus halides (e.g., PC13, POCI3, PSCI3, RPCI2, ROPCI2, RSPCI2, RPOCI2, ROPOCI2, RSPOCI2, RPSCI2, ROPSCI2, RSPSCI2, R2PCI, (RO)2PCI, (RS)2PCl, (RO)(RS)PCI, R2POCI, (RO)2POCI, (RS)2POCI, (RO)(RS)POCI, R2PSCI, (RO)2PSCI, (RS)2PSCI, etc., where each R is, independently, a hydrocarbyl group) and introducing water into the system in order to hydrolyze the water-hydrolyzable phosphorus ester so formed.
  • As used herein, the term "phosphorylated" means that the ashless dispersant has been heated with (i) one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds or with (ii) one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds and water, such that the resultant product, on analysis, reveals the presence of phosphorus. Likewise, as used herein, the term "boronated" means that the ashless dispersant has been heated with one or more boron compounds such that the resultant product, on analysis, reveals the presence of boron. As noted hereinabove, the precise chemical makeup of the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant compositions is not known with absolute certainty. Thus the terms "phosphorylated" and "boronated" are not to be construed as requiring that the resultant composition contain chemically bound phosphorus or boron. While it is believed that chemical reactions do occur to produce a composition containing at least some chemically bound phosphorus moieties and at least some chemically bound boron moieties, moieties or species of either or both of such elements conceivably could be present, at least in part, in the form of micellar structures.
  • Any of a variety of ashless dispersants can be utilized in forming component b) of the compositions of this invention. These include the following types:
  • Type A- Carboxylic Dispersants.
  • These products are described in many patents, including British patent specification No. 1,306,529 and the following U. S. Patents: 3,163,603; 3,184,474; 3,215,707; 3,219,666; 3,271,310; 3,272,746; 3,281,357; 3,306,908; 3,311,558; 3,316,177; 3,340,281; 3,341,542; 3,346,493; 3,381,022; 3,399,141; 3,415,750; 3,433,744; 3,444,170; 3,448,048; 3,448,049; 3,451,933; 3,454,607; 3,467,668; 3,522,179; 3,541,012; 3,542,678; 3,574,101; 3,576,743; 3,630,904; 3,632,510; 3,632,511; 3,697,428; 3,725,441; 3,868,330; 3,948,800; 4,234,435; and Re 26,433.
  • There are a number of sub-categories of carboxylic dispersants. One such sub-category which constitutes a preferred type for use in the formation of component b) is composed of the polyamine succinamides and more preferably the polyamine succinimides in which the succinic group contains a hydrocarbyl substituent containing at least 30 carbon atoms. The polyamine used in forming such compounds contains at least one primary amino group capable of forming an imide group on reaction with a hydrocarbon-substituted succinic acid or acid derivative thereof such an anhydride, lower alkyl ester, acid halide, or acid-ester. Representative examples of such dispersants are given in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,172,892; 3,202,678; 3,216,936; 3,219,666; 3,254,025; 3,272,746; and 4,234,435. The alkenyl succinimides may be formed by conventional methods such as by heating an alkenyl succinic anhydride, acid, acid-ester, acid halide, or lower alkyl ester with a polyamine containing at least one primary amino group. The alkenyl succinic anhydride may be made readily by heating a mixture of olefin and maleic anhydride to about 180°-220°C. The olefin is preferably a polymer or copolymer of a lower monoolefin such as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, isobutene and the like. The more preferred source of alkenyl group is from polyisobutene having a number average molecular weight of up to 100,000 or higher. In a still more preferred embodiment the alkenyl group is a polyisobutenyl group having a number average molecular weight (determined using the method described in detail hereinafter) of about 500-5,000, and preferably about 700-2,500, more preferably about 700-1,400, and especially 800-1,200. The isobutene used in making the polyisobutene is usually (but not necessarily) a mixture of isobutene and other C4 isomers such as 1-butene. Thus, strictly speaking, the acylating agent formed from maleic anhydride and "polyisobutene" made from such mixtures of isobutene and other C4 isomers such as 1-butene, can be termed a "polybutenyl succinic anhydride" and a succinimide made therewith can be termed a "polybutenyl succinimide". However, it is common to refer to such substances as "polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride" and "polyisobutenyl succinimide", respectively. As used herein "polyisobutenyl" is used to denote the alkenyl moiety whether made from a highly pure isobutene or a more impure mixture of is isobutene and other C4 isomers such as 1-butene.
  • Polyamines which may be employed in forming the ashless dispersant include any that have at least one pri mary amino group which can react to form an imide group. Afew representative examples include branched-chain alkanes containing two or more primary amino groups such as tetraaminoneopentane, etc.; polyami- noalkanols such as 2-(2-aminoethylamino)-ethanol and 2-[2-(2-aminoethylamino)-ethylamino]-ethanol; heterocyclic compounds containing two or more amino groups at least one of which is a primary amino group such as 1-(p-aminoethyi)-2-imidazoiidone, 2-(2-aminoethylamino)-5-nitropyridine, 3-amino-N-ethylpiperidine, 2-(2-aminoethyl)-pyridine, 5-aminoindole, 3-amino-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, and 4-(aminomethyl)-piperidine; and the alkylene polyamines such as propylene diamine, dipropylene triamine, di-(1,2-butylene)triamine, N-(2-aminoethyl)-1,3-propanediamine, hexamethylenediamine and tetra-(1,2-propylene)pentamine.
  • The most preferred amines are the ethylene polyamines which can be depicted by the formula
    • H2N(CH2CH2NH)nH

    wherein n is an integerfrom one to about ten. These include: ethylene diamine, diethylene triamine, triethylene tetramine, tetraethylene pentamine, pentaethylene hexamine, and the like, including mixtures thereof in which case n is the average value of the mixture. These ethylene polyamines have a primary amine group at each end so can form mono-alkenylsuccinimides and bis-alkenylsuccinimides. Commercially available ethylene polyamine mixtures usually contain minor amounts of branched species and cyclic species such as N-aminoethyl piperazine, N,N'-bis(aminoethyl)piperazine, N,N'-bis(piperazinyl)ethane, and like compounds. The preferred commercial mixtures have approximate overall compositions falling in the range corresponding to diethylene triamine to pentaethylene hexamine, mixtures generally corresponding in overall makeup to tetraethylene pentamine being most preferred. Methods for the production of polyalkylene polyamines are known and reported in the literature. See for example U.S. Pat. No. 4,827,037 and references cited therein.
  • Thus especially preferred ashless dispersants for use in the present invention are the products of reaction of a polyethylene polyamine, e.g. triethylene tetramine or tetraethylene pentamine, with a hydrocarbon-substituted carboxylic acid or anhydride (or other suitable acid derivative) made by reaction of a polyolefin, preferably polyisobutene, having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 5,000, preferably 700 to 2,500, more preferably 700 to 1,400 and especially 800 to 1,200, with an unsaturated polycarboxylic acid or anhydride, e.g., maleic anhydride, maleic acid, fumaric acid, or the like, including mixtures of two or more such substances.
  • As used herein the term "succinimide" is meant to encompass the completed reaction product from reaction between the amine reactant(s) and the hydrocarbon-substituted carboxylic acid or anhydride (or like acid derivative) reactant(s), and is intended to encompass compounds wherein the product may have amide, amidine, and/or salt linkages in addition to the imide linkage of the type that results from the reaction of a primary amino group and an anhydride moiety.
  • Residual unsaturation in the alkenyl group of the alkenyl succinimide may be used as a reaction site, if desired. For example the alkenyl substituent may be hydrogenated to form an alkyl substituent. Similarly the olefinic bond(s) in the alkenyl substituent may be sulfurized, halogenated, hydrohalogenated or the like. Ordinarily, there is little to be gained by use of such techniques, and thus the use of alkenyl succinimides as the precursor of component b) is preferred.
  • Another sub-category of carboxylic dispersants which can be used in forming component b) includes alkenyl succinic acid esters and diesters of alcohols containing 1-20 carbon atoms and 1-6 hydroxyl groups. Representative examples are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,331,776; 3,381,022; and 3,522,179. The alkenyl succinic portion of these esters corresponds to the alkenyl succinic portion of the succinimides described above including the same preferred and most preferred subgenus, e.g., alkenyl succinic acids and anhydrides, etc., where the alkenyl group contains at least 30 carbon atoms and notably, polyisobutenyl succinic acids and anhydrides wherein the polyisobutenyl group has a number average molecular weight of 500 to 5,000, preferably 700 to 2,500, more preferably 700 to 1,400, and especially 800 to 1,200. As in the case of the succinimides, the alkenyl group can be hydrogenated or subjected to other reactions involving olefinic double bonds.
  • Alcohols useful in preparing the esters include methanol, ethanol, 2-methylpropanol, octadecanol, eico- sanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethylether, propylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, glycerol, sorbitol, 1,1,1-trimethylol ethane, 1,1,1-trimethylol propane, 1,1,1-trimethylol butane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, and the like.
  • The succinic esters are readily made by merely heating a mixture of alkenyl succinic acid, anhydrides or lower alkyl (e.g., C1-C4) ester with the alcohol while distilling out water or lower alkanol. In the case of acid-esters less alcohol is used. In fact, acid-esters made from alkenyl succinic anhydrides do not evolve water. In another method the alkenyl succinic acid or anhydrides can be merely reacted with an appropriate alkylene oxide such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and the like, including mixtures thereof.
  • Still another sub-category of carboxylic dispersants useful in forming component b) comprises an alkenyl succinic ester-amide mixture. These may be made by heating the above-described alkenyl succinic acids, anhydrides or lower alkyl esters or etc. with an alcohol and an amine either sequentially or in a mixture. The alcohols and amines described above are also useful in this embodiment. Alternatively, amino alcohols can be used alone or with the alcohol and/or amine to form the ester-amide mixtures. The amino alcohol can contain 1-20 carbon atoms, 1-6 hydroxy groups and 1-4 amine nitrogen atoms. Examples are ethanolamine, diethanolamine, N-ethanol-diethylene triamine, and trimethylol aminomethane.
  • Here again, the alkenyl group of the succinic ester-amide can be hydrogenated or subjected to other reactions involving olefinic double bonds.
  • Representative examples of suitable ester-amide mixtures are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,184,474; 3,576,743; 3,632,511; 3,804,763; 3,836,471; 3,862,981; 3,936,480; 3,948,800; 3,950,341; 3,957,854; 3,957,855; 3,991,098; 4,071,548; and 4,173,540.
  • Yet another sub-category of carboxylic dispersants useful in forming component b) comprises the Mannich-based derivatives of hydroxyaryl succinimides. Such compounds can be made by reacting a polyalkenyl succinic anhydride with an aminophenol to produce an N-(hydroxyaryl) hydrocarbyl succinimide which is then reacted with an alkylene diamine or polyalkylene polyamine and an aldehyde (e.g., formaldehyde), in a Mannich-base reaction. Details of such synthesis are set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,354,950. As in the case of the other carboxylic dispersants discussed above, the alkenyl succinic anhydride or like acylating agent is derived from a polyolefin, preferably a polyisobutene, having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 5,000, preferably 700 to 2,500, more preferably 700 to 1,400, and especially 800 to 1,200. Likewise, residual unsaturation in the polyalkenyl substituent group can be used as a reaction site as for example, by hydrogenation, sulfurization, or the like.
  • Type B - Hydrocarbyl Polyamine Dispersants.
  • This category of ashless dispersants which can be used in forming component b) is likewise well known to those skilled in the art and fully described in the literature. The hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants are generally produced by reacting an aliphatic or alicyclic halide (or mixture thereof) containing an average of at least about 40 carbon atoms with one or more amines, preferably polyalkylene polyamines. Examples of such hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,275,554; 3,438,757; 3,454,555; 3,565,804; 3,671,511; 3,821,302; 3,394,576; and in European Patent Publication No. 382,405.
  • In general, the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamines are high molecular weight hydrocarbyl-N-substituted polyamines containing basic nitrogen in the molecule. The hydrocarbyl group typically has a number average molecular weight in the range of about 750-10,000, more usually in the range of about 1,000-5,000.
  • The hydrocarbyl radical may be aliphatic or alicyclic and, except for adventitious amounts of aromatic components in petroleum mineral oils, will be free of aromatic unsaturation. The hydrocarbyl groups will normally be branched-chain aliphatic, having 0-2 sites of unsaturation, and preferably from 0-1 site of ethylene unsaturation. The hydrocarbyl groups are preferably derived from petroleum mineral oil, or polyolefins, either homopolymers or higher-order polymers, or 1-olefins of from 2-6 carbon atoms. Ethylene is preferably copolymerized with a higher olefin to insure oil solubility.
  • Illustrative polymers include polypropylene, polyisobutylene, poly-1-butene, etc. The polyolefin group will normally have at least one branch per six carbon atoms along the chain, preferably at least one branch per four carbon atoms along the chain. These branched-chain hydrocarbons are readily prepared by the polymerization of olefins of from 3-6 carbon atoms and preferably from olefins of from 3-4 carbon atoms.
  • In preparing the hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants, rarely will a single compound having a defined structure be employed. With both polymers and petroleum-derived hydrocarbon groups, the composition is a mixture of materials having various structures and molecular weights. Therefore, in referring to molecular weight, number average molecular weights are intended. Furthermore, when speaking of a particular hydrocarbon group, it is intended that the group include the mixture that is normally contained within materials which are commercially available. For example, polyisobutylene is known to have a range of molecular weights and may include small amounts of very high molecular weight materials.
  • Particularly preferred hydrocarbyl-substituted amines or polyamines are prepared from polyisobutenyl chloride.
  • The polyamine employed to prepare the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine is preferably a polyamine having from 2 to about 12 amine nitrogen atoms and from 2 to about 40 carbon atoms. The polyamine is reacted with a hydrocarbyl halide (e.g., chloride) to produce the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine. The polyamine preferably has a carbon-to-nitrogen ratio of from about 1:1 to about 10:1.
  • The amine portion of the hydrocarbyl-substituted amine may be substituted with substituents selected from (A) hydrogen, and (B) hydrocarbyl groups of from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • The polyamine portion of the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine may be substituted with substituents selected from (A) hydrogen, (B) hydrocarbyl groups of from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, (C) acyl groups of from 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, and (D) monoketo, monohydroxy, mononitro, monocyano, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy derivatives of (B) and (C). "Lower" as used in terms like lower alkyl or lower alkoxy, means a group containing from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
  • At least one of the nitrogens in the hydrocarbylsubstituted amine or polyamide is a basic nitrogen atom, i.e., one titratable by a strong acid.
  • Hydrocarbyl, as used in describing the substituents in the amine or polyamine used in forming the dispersants, denotes an organic radical composed of carbon and hydrogen which may be aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or combinations thereof, e.g., aralkyl. Preferably, the hydrocarbyl group will be relatively free of aliphatic unsaturation, i.e., ethylenic and acetylenic, particularly acetylenic unsaturation. The hydrocarbyl substituted polyamines used in forming the dispersants are generally, but not necessarily, N-substituted polyamines. Exemplary hydrocarbyl groups and substituted hydrocarbyl groups which may be present in the amine portion of the dispersant include alkyls such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, etc., alkenyls such as propenyl, isobutenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, etc., hydroxyalkyls, such as 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, hydroxyisopropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, etc., ketoalkyls, such as 2-ketopropyl, 6-ketooctyl, etc., alkoxy and lower al- kenoxy alkyls, such as ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, propoxyethyl, propoxypropyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl, 3,6,9,12-tetraoxytetradecyl, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)hexyl, etc.
  • Typical amines useful in preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted amines include methylamine, dimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, n-propylamine, di-n-propylamine, etc. Such amines are either commercially available or are prepared by art recognized procedures.
  • The polyamine component may also contain heterocyclic polyamines, heterocyclic substituted amines and substituted heterocyclic compounds, wherein the heterocyclic comprises one or more 5-6 membered rings containing oxygen and/or nitrogen. Such heterocyclics may be saturated or unsaturated and substituted with groups selected from the aforementioned (A), (B), (C), and (D). The heterocyclics are exemplified by piperazines, such as 2-methylpiperazine, 1,2-bis(N-piperazinyl-ethane), and N,N'-bis(N-piperazinyl)piperazine, 2-methylimidazoline, 3-aminopiperidine, 2-aminopyridine, 2-(p-aminoethyi)-3-pyrroiine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine, etc. Among the heterocyclic compounds, the piperazines are preferred.
  • Typical polyamines that can be used to form the hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants include the following: ethylene diamine, 1,2-propylene diamine, 1,3-propylene diamine, diethylene triamine, triethylene tetramine, hexamethylene diamine, tetraethylene pentamine, methylaminopropylene diamine, N-(p-aminoethyi)piperazine,N,N'-di(ß-aminoethyl)piperazine, N,N'-di(ß-aminoethyl)imidazolidone-2, N-(ß-cyanoethyi)ethane-1,2-diamine, 1,3,6,9-tetraaminooctadecane, 1,3,6-triamino-9-oxadecane, N-methyl-1,2-propanediamine, 2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethanol, and the like.
  • Another group of suitable polyamines are the polyalkylene amines in which the alkylene groups differ in carbon content, such as for example bis(aminopropyl)ethylenediamine. Such compounds are prepared by the reaction of acrylonitrile with an ethyleneamine, for example, an ethyleneamine having the formula H2H(CH2CH2NH)nH wherein n is an integer from 1 to 5, followed by hydrogenation of the resultant intermediate. Thus, the product prepared from ethylene diamine and acrylonitrile has the formula H2N(CH2)3NH(CH2)2NH(CH2)3NH2.
  • In many instances the polyamine used as a reactant in the production of the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamine is not a single compound but a mixture in which one or several compounds predominate with the average composition indicated. For example, tetraethylene pentamine prepared by the polymerization of aziridine or the reaction of 1,2-dichloroethane and ammonia will have both lower and higher amine members, e.g., triethylene tetramine, substituted piperazines and pentaethylene hexamine, but the composition will be largely tetraethylene pentamine and the empirical formula of the total amine composition will closely approximate that of tetraethylene pentamine. Finally, in preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted polyamines for use in this invention, where the various nitrogen atoms of the polyamine are not geometrically equivalent, several substitutional isomers are possible and are encompassed with the final product. Methods of preparation of polyamines and their reactions are detailed in Sidgewick, The Organic Chemistry of Nitrogen, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1966; Nollier, Chemistry of Organic Compounds, Saunders, Philadelphia, 2nd Ed., 1957; and Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 2nd Edition, especially volume 2, pp. 99-116.
  • The preferred hydrocarbyl-substituted polyalkylene polyamines for use in this invention may be represented by the formula
    Figure imgb0001
    wherein R1 is hydrocarbyl having an average molecular weight offrom about 750 to about 10,000; R2 is alkylene of from 2 to 6 carbon atoms; and a is an integer of from 0 to about 10.
  • Preferably, R1 is hydrocarbyl having an average molecular weight of from about 1,000 to about 10,000. Preferably, R2 is alkylene of from 2 to 3 carbon atoms and a is preferably an integer of from 1 to 6.
  • Type C - Mannich polyamine dispersants.
  • This category of ashless dispersant which can be utilized in the formation of component b) is comprised of reaction products of an alkyl phenol, with one or more aliphatic aldehydes containing from 1 to about 7 carbon atoms (especially formaldehyde and derivatives thereof), and polyamines (especially polyalkylene polyamines of the type described hereinabove). Examples of these Mannich polyamine dispersants are described in the following U.S. Patents: 2,459,112; 2,962,442; 2,984,550; 3,036,003; 3,166,516; 3,236,770; 3,368,972; 3,413,347; 3,442,808; 3,448,047; 3,454,497; 3,459,661; 3,493,520; 3,539,633; 3,558,743; 3,586,629; 3,591,598; 3,600,372; 3,634,515; 3,649,229; 3,697,574; 3,703,536; 3,704,308; 3,725,277; 3,725,480; 3,726,882; 3,736,357; 3,751,365; 3,756,953; 3,793,202; 3,798,165; 3,798,247; 3,803,039; 3,872,019; 3,980,569; and 4,011,380.
  • The polyamine group of the Mannich polyamine dispersants is derived from polyamine compounds characterized by containing a group of the structure -NH- wherein the two remaining valances of the nitrogen are satisfied by hydrogen, amino, or organic radicals bonded to said nitrogen atom. These compounds include aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic and carbocyclic polyamines. The source of the oil-soluble hydrocarbyl group in the Mannich polyamine dispersant is a hydrocarbyl-substituted hydroxy aromatic compound comprising the reaction product of a hydroxy aromatic compound, according to well known procedures, with a hydrocarbyl donating agent or hydrocarbon source. The hydrocarbyl substituent provides substantial oil solubility to the hydroxy aromatic compound and, preferably, is substantially aliphatic in character. Commonly, the hydrocarbyl substituent is derived from a polyolefin having at least about 40 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon source should be substantially free from pendant groups which render the hydrocarbyl group oil insoluble. Examples of acceptable substituent groups are halide, hydroxy, ether, carboxy, ester, amide, nitro and cyano. However, these substituent groups preferably comprise no more than about 10 weight percent of the hydrocarbon source.
  • The preferred hydrocarbon sources for preparation of the Mannich polyamine dispersants are those derived from substantially saturated petroleum fractions and olefin polymers, preferably polymers of mono- olefins having from 2 to about 30 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon course can be derived, for example, from polymers of olefins such as ethylene, propene, 1-butene, isobutene, 1-octene, 1-methylcyclohexene, 2-butene and 3-pentene. Also useful are copolymers of such olefins with other polymerizable olefinic substances such as styrene. In general, these copolymers should contain at least 80 percent and preferably about 95 percent, on a weight basis, of units derived from the aliphatic mono-olefins to preserve oil solubility. The hydrocarbon source generally contains at least about 40 and preferably at least about 50 carbon atoms to provide substantial oil solubility to the dispersant. The olefin polymers having a number average molecular weight between about 600 and 5,000 are preferred for reasons of easy reactivity and low cost. However, polymers of higher molecular weight can also be used. Especially suitable hydrocarbon sources are isobutylene polymers.
  • The Mannich polyamine dispersants are generally prepared by reacting a hydrocarbyl-substituted hydroxy aromatic compound with an aldehyde and a polyamine. Typically, the substituted hydroxy aromatic compound is contacted with from about 0.1 to about 10 moles of polyamine and about 0.1 to about 10 moles of aldehyde per mole of substituted hydroxy aromatic compound. The reactants are mixed and heated to a temperature above about 80°C. to initiate the reaction. Preferably, the reaction is carried out at a temperature from about 100° to about 250°C. The resulting Mannich product has a predominantly benzylamine linkage between the aromatic compound and the polyamine. The reaction can be carried out in an inert diluent such as mineral oil, benzene, toluene, naphtha, ligroin, or other inert solvents to facilitate control of viscosity, temperature and reaction rate.
  • Polyamines are preferred for use in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants, and suitable polyamines include, but are not limited to, alkylene diamines and polyalkylene polyamines (and mixtures thereof) of the formula:
    Figure imgb0002
    wherein n is an integerfrom 1 to about 10, R is a divalent hydrocarbyl group of from 1 to about 18 carbon atoms, and each A is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and monovalent aliphatic groups containing up to 10 carbon atoms which can be substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups. Most preferably, R is a lower alkylene group of from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and A is hydrogen.
  • Suitable polyamines for use in preparation of the Mannich polyamine dispersants include, but are not limited to, methylene polyamines, ethylene polyamines, butylene polyamines, propylene polyamines, pentylene polyamines, hexylene polyamines and heptylene polyamines. The higher homologs of such amines and related aminoalkyl-substituted piperazines are also included. Specific examples of such polyamines include ethylene diamine, triethylene tetramine, tris(2-aminoethyl)amine, propylene diamine, pentamethylene diamine, hexamethylene diamine, heptamethylene diamine, octamethylene diamine, decamethylene diamine, di(heptamethylene) triamine, pentaethylene hexamine, di(trimethylene) triamine, 2-heptyl-3-(2-aminopropyl)imidazoline, 1,3-bis(2-aminoethyl)imidazoline, 1-(2-aminopropyl)piperazine, 1,4-bis(2-aminoethyl)piperazine and 2-methyl-1-(2-aminobutyl)piperazine. Higher homologs, obtained by condensing two or more of the above mentioned amines, are also useful, as are the polyoxyalkylene polyamines.
  • The polyalkylene polyamines, examples of which are set forth above, are especially useful in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants for reasons of cost and effectiveness. Such polyamines are described in detail under the heading "Diamines and Higher Amines" in Kirk-Othmer, Enyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Second Edition, Vol. 7, pp. 22-39. They are prepared most conveniently by the reaction of an ethylene imine with a ring-opening reagent such as ammonia. These reactions result in the production of somewhat complex mixtures of polyalkylene polyamines which include cyclic condensation products such as piperazines. Because of their availability, these mixtures are particularly useful in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants. However, it will be appreciated that satisfactory dispersants can also be obtained by use of pure polyalkylene polyamines.
  • Alkylene diamines and polyalkylene polyamines having one or more hydroxyalkyl substituents on the nitrogen atom are also useful in preparing the Mannich polyamine dispersants. These materials are typically obtained by reaction of the corresponding polyamine with an epoxide such as ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. Preferred hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines and polyamines are those in which the hydroxyalkyl groups have less than about 10 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines and polyamines include, but are not limited to, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine, N,N'-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine, mono(hydroxypropyl)diethylenetriamine, (di(hydroxypropyl)tetraethylenepentamine and N-(3-hydroxybutyl)tetramethylenediamine. Higher homologs obtained by condensation of the above mentioned hydroxyalk- ylsubstituted diamines and polyamines through amine groups or through ether groups are also useful.
  • Any conventional formaldehyde yielding reagent is useful for the preparation of the Mannich polyamine dispersants. Examples of such formaldehyde yielding reagents are trioxane, paraformaldehyde, trioxymethy- lene, aqueous formalin and gaseous formaldehyde.
  • Type D - Polymeric polyamine dispersants.
  • Also suitable for preparing component b) of the compositions of this invention are polymers containing basic amine groups and oil solubilizing groups (for example, pendant alkyl groups having at least about 8 carbon atoms). Such polymeric dispersants are herein referred to as polymeric polyamine dispersants. Such materials include, but are not limited to, interpolymers of decyl methacrylate, vinyl decyl ether or a relatively high molecular weight olefin with aminoalkyl acrylates and aminoalkyl acrylamides. Examples of polymeric polyamine dispersants are set forth in the following patents: U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,329,658; 3,449,250; 3,493,520; 3,519,565; 3,666,730; 3,687,849; 3,702,300.
  • Type E - Post-treated basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl-containing ashless dispersants.
  • As is well known in the art, any of the ashless dispersants referred to above as types A-D can be subjected to post-treatment with one or more suitable reagents such as urea, thiourea, carbon disulfide, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, anhydrides of low molecular weight dibasic acids, nitriles, epoxides, and the like. Such post-treated ashless dispersants can be used in forming component b) of the compositions of this invention provided that the post-treated dispersant contains residual basic nitrogen and/orone or more residual hydroxyl groups. Alternatively, the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant can be subjected to post-treatment with such reagents. Likewise, the post-treatment can be conducted in between the phosphorylation and boronation or conversely, between the boronation and the phosphorylation. Examples of post-treatment procedures and post-treated ashless dispersants are set forth in the following U.S. Patents: 3,036,003; 3,087,936; 3,200,107; 3,216,936; 3,254,025; 3,256,185; 3,278,550; 3,218,428; 3,280,234; 3,281,428; 3,282,955; 3,312,619; 3,366,569; 3,367,943; 3,373,111; 3,403,102; 3,442,808; 3,455,831; 3,455,832; 3,493,520; 3,502,677; 3,513,093; 3,533,945; 3,539,633; 3,573,010; 3,579,450; 3,591,598; 3,600,372; 3,639,242; 3,649,229; 3,649,659; 3,658,836; 3,697,574; 3,702,757; 3,703,536; 3,704,308; 3,708,422; 4,025,445; and 4,857,214.
  • Mannich-based derivatives of hydroxyaryl succinimides that have been post-treated with Cg-Cg lactones such as s-caprolactone and optionally with other post-treating agents as described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 4,971,711 can also be utilized in forming component b) for use in the practice of this invention, provided that such post-treated Mannich-based derivatives of hydroxyaryl succinimides contain basic nitrogen, and/or at least one hydroxyl group. The disclosures of U.S. Pat. No. 4,971,711, as well as related U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,820,432; 4,828,742; 4,866,135; 4,866,139; 4,866,140; 4,866,141; 4,866,142; 4,906,394; and 4,913,830 are referred to as regards additional suitable basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl group-containing ashless dispersants which may be utilized in forming component b).
  • One preferred category of post-treated ashless dispersants is comprised of basic nitrogen-containing and/or hydroxyl group-containing ashless dispersants which have been heated with (1) a phosphorus compound such that they contain phosphorus, or (2) a boron compound such that they contain boron, all with the proviso that such post-treated products contain residual basic nitrogen and/or one or more residual hydroxyl groups. Numerous examples of such dispersants and methods for their production are described in the U.S. Patents referred to at the outset of this disclosure under the caption "Background". The boron-containing post-treated ashless dispersants of the prior art type can be converted into a material suitable for use as component b) simply by conducting a phosphorylation in the manner described herein. If desired, additional boron can also be incorporated into a prior art type post-treated boron-containing ashless dispersant by conducting a boronation in the manner described herein either before, during or after the phosphorylation. Likewise, the phosphorus-containing post-treated ashless dispersants of the prior art type can be converted into a material suitable for use as component b) simply by conducting a boronation in the manner described herein. If desired, additional phosphorus can also be incorporated into a prior art type post-treated phosphorus-containing ashless dispersant by conducting a phosphorylation in the manner described herein either before, during or after the boronation. It is also possible by using the phosphorylation and/or boronation procedures described herein to phosphorylate and/or boronate a post-treated ashless dispersant that already contains both phosphorus and boron, again provided that such initial post-treated ashless dispersant contains at least some residual basic nitrogen and/or at least some residual hydroxyl substitution.
  • The ashless dispersant(s) used in forming component b) can be any mixture containing any two or more ashless dispersants containing basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group. Thus, for example, with reference to dispersants of the above types A, B, C, D and E, use can be made of such mixtures as:
    • (1) Two or more different type A dispersants;
    • (2) Two or more different type B dispersants;
    • (3) Two or more different type C dispersants;
    • (4) Two or more different type D dispersants;
    • (5) Two or more different type E dispersants;
    • (6) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants;
    • (7) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type C dispersants;
    • (8) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (9) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (10) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type C dispersants;
    • (11) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (12) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (13) One or more type C dispersants with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (14) One or more type C dispersants with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (15) One or more type D dispersants with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (16) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants and with one or more type C dispersants;
    • (17) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants and with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (18) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (19) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type C dispersants and with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (20) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type C dispersants and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (21) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type D dispersants and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (22) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type C dispersants and with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (23) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type C dispersants and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (24) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type D dispersants and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (25) One or more type C dispersants with one or more type D dispersants and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (26) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants, with one or more type C dispersants, and with one or more type D dispersants;
    • (27) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants, with one or more type C dispersants, and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (28) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type C dispersants, with one or more type D dispersants, and with one or more type E dispersants;
    • (29) One or more type B dispersants with one or more type C dispersants, with one or more type D dispersants, and with one or more type E dispersants; and
    • (30) One or more type A dispersants with one or more type B dispersants, with one or more type C dispersants, with one or more type D dispersants, and with one or more type E dispersants.
  • It will also be understood that any given type of dispersant whether used with one or more other dispersant types or without any other dispersant type can comprise:
    • (I) A mixture in which at least one component contains basic nitrogen but no hydroxyl group and another component of the mixture contains at least one hydroxyl group but no basic nitrogen;
    • (II) A mixture in which at least one component contains basic nitrogen but no hydroxyl group and another component of the mixture contains basic nitrogen and at least one hydroxyl group;
    • (III) A mixture in which at least one component contains at least one hydroxyl group but no basic nitrogen and another component of the mixture contains basic nitrogen and at least one hydroxyl group; and
    • (IV) A mixture in which at least one component contains basic nitrogen but no hydroxyl group, anothercom- ponent of the mixture contains at least one hydroxyl group but no basic nitrogen, and still another component of the mixture contains basic nitrogen and at least one hydroxyl group.
  • Because of environmental and conservational concerns it is desirable to employ ashless dispersants which contain little, if any, halogen atoms such as chlorine atoms. Thus, in order to satisfy such concerns, it is desirable (although not necessary from a performance standpoint) to select ashless dispersants (as well as the other components used in the compositions of this invention) such that the total halogen content, if any, of the overall lubricant or functional fluid composition does not exceed 100 ppm. Indeed, the lower the better. Likewise, it is preferable in accordance with this invention, to provide additive concentrates which, when dissolved in a halogen-free base oil, at a concentration of 10% by weight, yield an oleaginous composition in which the total halogen content, if any, is 100 ppm or less.
  • Suitable compounds of boron useful in forming the phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants for use as component b) include, for example, boron acids, boron oxides, boron esters, and amine or ammonium salts of boron acids. Illustrative compounds include boric acid (sometimes referred to as orthoboric acid), boronic acid, tetraboric acid, metaboric acid, pyroboric acid, esters of such acids, such as mono-, di-, and tri-organic esters with alcohols or polyols having up to 20 or more carbon atoms (e.g., methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, propanol, butanols, pentanols, hexanols, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylol propane, diethanol amine, etc.), boron oxides such as boric oxide and boron oxide hydrate, and ammonium salts such as ammonium borate, ammonium pyroborate, etc. While usable, boron halides such as boron trifluoride, boron trichloride, and the like, are undesirable as they tend to introduce halogen atoms into the boronated dispersant, a feature which is detrimental from the environmental, toxicological and conservational standpoints. Amine borane addition compounds and hydrocarbyl boranes can also be used, although they tend to be relatively expensive. The preferred boron reagent is boric acid, H3BO3.
  • For further details concerning procedures for conducting the boronation operation apart from the phosphorylation operation, reference may be had, for example, to the disclosures of U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,087,936; 3,254,025; 3,281,428; 3,282,955; 3,284,410; 3,338,832; 3,344,069; 3,533,945; 3,718,663; 4,097,389; 4,554,086; and 4,634,543.
  • Producing Phosphorylated and Boronated Ashless Dispersants from at least one Inorganic Phosphorus Compound and at least one Boron Compound
  • Typical procedures for producing the phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants from (i) and (iii) above involve concurrently or sequentially heating one or more ashless dispersants of the types described above with at least one inorganic phosphorus compound and at least one boron compound under conditions yielding a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition. Examples of inorganic phosphorus compounds which are useful in forming such products include phosphorous acid (H3PO3, sometimes depicted as H2(HPO3), and sometimes called ortho-phosphorous acid or phosphonic acid), phosphoric acid (H3PO4, sometimes called orthophosphoric acid), hypophosphoric acid (H4P206), metaphosphoric acid (HP03), pyrophosphoric acid (H4P207), hypophosphorous acid (H3PO2, sometimes called phosphinic acid), pyrophosphorous acid (H4P205, sometimes called pyrophosphonic acid), phosphinous acid (HaPO), tripolyphosphoric acid (H5P3O10), tetrapolyphosphoric acid (H6PO13), trimetaphosphoric acid (H3P3O9), phosphorus trioxide, phosphorus tetraoxide, phosphorus pentoxide, and the like. Partial or total sulfur analogs such as phosphorotetrathioic acid (H3PS4), phosphoromonothioic acid (H3PO3S), phosphorodithioic acid (H3PO2S2), phosphorotrithioic acid (H3POS3), phosphorus sesquisulfide, phosphorus heptasulfide, and phosphorus pentasulfide (P2S5, sometimes referred to as P4S10) can also be used in forming products suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention. Also usable, though less preferred, are the inorganic phosphorus halide compounds such as PCl3, PBr3, POCI3, PSCI3, etc. The preferred phosphorus reagent is phosphorous acid, (H3PO3).
  • It will be understood and appreciated by those skilled in the art that the form or composition ofthe inorganic compound(s) as charged into the mixture to be heated or being heated may be altered in situ. For example, the action of heat and/or water can transform certain inorganic phosphorus compounds into other inorganic phosphorus compounds or species. Any such in situ transformations that may occur are within the purview of this invention provided that the liquid phosphorylated ashless dispersant reveals on analysis the presence therein of phosphorus (as well as boron).
  • Optionally, additional sources of basic nitrogen can be included in the inorganic phosphorus compound- ashless dispersant-boron compound mixture so as to provide a molar amount (atomic proportion) of basic nitrogen up to that equal to the molar amount of basic nitrogen contributed by the ashless dispersant. Preferred auxiliary nitrogen compounds are long chain primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines containing from about 12 to 24 carbon atoms, including their hydroxyalkyl and aminoalkyl derivatives. The long chain alkyl group may optionally contain one or more ether groups. Examples of suitable compounds are oleyl amine, N-oleyl- trimethylene diamine, N-tallow diethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl oleylamine, and myristyloxapropyl amine.
  • Other materials normally used in lubricant additives which do not interfere with the process may also be added, for example, a benzotriazole, including lower (C1-C4) alkyl-substituted benzotriazoles, which function to protect copper surfaces.
  • The concurrent heating step or the combination of sequential heating steps is conducted at temperatures sufficient to produce a final liquid composition which contains both phosphorus and boron. The heating can be carried out in the absence of a solvent by heating a mixture of the ashless dispersant and one or more suitable inorganic phosphorus compounds, or one or more suitable boron compounds, or, preferably, a combination of one or more suitable inorganic phosphorus compounds and one or more suitable boron compounds. The temperatures used will vary somewhat depending upon the nature of the ashless dispersant and the inorganic phosphorus and/or boron reagent being utilized. Generally speaking however, the temperature will usually fall within the range of about 40 to about 200°C. The duration of the heating is likewise susceptible to variation, but ordinarily will fall in the range of about 1 to about 3 hours. When conducting the heating in bulk, it is important to thoroughly agitate the components to insure intimate contact therebetween. When utilizing the preferred phosphorus and boron reagents (phosphorous acid and boric acid), it is preferable to add water to facilitate initial dissolution of the boric acid. Alternatively, the phosphorous acid may be utilized in the form of an aqueous solution thereby introducing water into the system to facilitate dissolution of the boric acid. Water (and when using boron esters, alcohol) formed in the process and any added water is preferably removed from the heated mixture by vacuum distillation at temperatures of from about 100 to about 140°C. Preferably the heating step or steps will be conducted in a diluent oil or other inert liquid medium such as light mineral oils, and the like.
  • The amount of phosphorus compound employed in the heating process ranges from about 0.001 mole to 0.999 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and free hydroxyl in the mixture being heated, up to one half of which may be contributed by an auxiliary nitrogen compound. The amount of boron compound employed ranges from about 0.001 mole to about 1 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl in the mixture which is in excess of the molar amount of inorganic phosphorus compound. When conducting the phosphorylation and boronation on a sequential basis (or when conducting one of these operations on a dispersant which has previously been subjected to the other such operation), the last-to-be-used reagent(s) -- inorganic phosphorus compound(s) or boron compound(s), as the case may be -- can be used in an amount equivalent to (or even in excess of) the amount of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl groups in the dispersant being heated with such last-to-be-used reagent(s).
  • When used, the amount of added water is not particularly critical as it is removed by distillation during the course of, or at the end of, the heating step. Amounts of up to 1% by weight of the mixture being heated are preferred. When used, the amount of diluent usually ranges from about 10 to about 50% by weight of the mixture being subjected to heating.
  • When conducting the preferred concurrent heating step for production of component b), it is desirable to employ procedures such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,857,214.
  • When forming component b) in part by use of one or more organic phosphorus compounds such as one or more organic phosphates (e.g., trihydrocarbyl phosphates, dihydrocarbyl monoacid phosphates, monohydrocarbyl diacid phosphates, or mixtures thereof), phosphites (e.g., trihydrocarbyl phosphites, dihydrocarbyl hydrogen phosphites, hydrocarbyl diacid phosphites, or mixtures thereof), phosphonates (e.g., hydrocarbyl phosphonic acids, mono- and/or dihydrocarbyl esters of phosphonic acids, or mixtures thereof), phosphonites (e.g., hydrocarbyl phosphinic acids, mono- and/or dihydrocarbyl esters of phosphinic acids, or mixtures thereof), etc., or the partial or total sulfur analogs thereof, and in part by use of one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds, the latter should be used in an amount sufficient to provide at least 10% (preferably at least 50% and more preferably at least 75%) of the total content of phosphorus in the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant. For crankcase lubricant usage, component b) when in the undiluted state preferably contains at least 3,000 ppm (more preferably at least 5,000 ppm and most preferably at least 7,000 ppm) of phosphorus and at least 1,500 ppm (more preferably at least 2,500 ppm and most preferably at least 3,500 ppm) of boron.
  • The preparation from (i) and (iii) of phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention is illustrated by the following examples in which all parts and percentages are by weight unless otherwise clearly specified.
  • EXAMPLE A-1
  • A mixture is formed from 260 parts of a commercial succinimide ashless dispersant (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 100 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-2
  • The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 1,100. The average number of succinic groups per alkenyl group in the succinimide is approximately 1.2.
  • EXAMPLE A-3
  • The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 2,100.
  • EXAMPLE A-4
  • The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation). The Amoco 9250 dispersant as supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant and in such case, another material suitable for use as component b) can be formed by eliminating the boric acid and water from the procedure used in this example and thereby conducting phosphorylation on an already boronated dispersant.
  • EXAMPLE A-5
  • The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a commercial ashless dispersant of the pentaerythritol succinic ester type (Lubrizol® 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation). As in the case of Example A-4, the initial dispersant as supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant. In such cases, the dispersant can, if desired, be subjected just to phosphorylation to thereby form still another product suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-6
  • The procedure of Example A-1 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-7
  • The procedure of Example A-6 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205).
  • EXAMPLE A-8
  • The procedures of Examples A-1 through A-7 are repeated except that the tolutriazole is omitted from the initial mixtures subjected to the thermal processes.
  • EXAMPLE A-9
  • A mixture of 11,904 parts of a commercial boronated succinimide (HiTEC@ 648 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.) and 96 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100-110°C for 2 hours to form a homogeneous liquid composition suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention. For convenience in handling, 100 Solvent Neutral mineral oil can be added to form an 80% solution of the additive in the oil.
  • EXAMPLE A-10
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), and 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-11
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 8 parts of phosphorous acid is added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-12
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), and 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-13
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 8 parts of phosphorous acid is added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-14
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), and 8 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-15
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 8 parts of phosphorous acid is added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. Water present in the reaction mixture is removed by applying a vacuum of 40 mm of Hg and gradually raising the temperature to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-16
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture is prepared by the addition of 57 parts (1.38 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having the approximate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine to 1,067 parts of mineral oil and 893 parts (1.38 equivalents) of substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a) while maintaining the temperature at 140-145°C. The reaction mixture is then heated to 155°C over a three hour period and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired product composed predominantly of polyisobutenyl succinimides.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 250 parts of the polyisobutenyl succinimide product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. Aclearsolution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-17
  • The procedure of Example A-16 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-18
  • The procedure of Example A-16 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-19
  • The procedure of Example A-18 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205).
  • EXAMPLE A-20
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture is prepared by the addition of 18.2 parts (0.433 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having the approximate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine to 392 parts of mineral oil and 348 parts (0.52 equivalent) of substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a) while maintaining the temperature at 140°C. The reaction mixture is then heated to 150°C in 1.8 hours and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired product composed predominantly of polyisobutenyl succinimides.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 250 parts of the polyisobutenyl succinimide product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. Aclearsolution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-21
  • The procedure of Example A-20 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-22
  • The procedure of Example A-20 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-23
  • The procedure of Example A-22 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205).
  • EXAMPLE A-24
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) Amixture of 334 parts (0.52 equivalents) of the polyisobutene substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 548 parts of mineral oil, 30 parts (0.88 equivalent) of pentaerythritol and 8.6 parts (0.0057 equivalent) of Polyglycol 112-2 demulsifier (Dow Chemical Company) is heated at 150°C for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture is then heated to 210°C over a period of 5 hours and then held at 210°C for an additional 3.2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 190°C and 8.5 parts (0.2 equivalent) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having an overall composition approximating that of tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 205°C with nitrogen blowing for 3 hours, and then filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 300 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-25
  • The procedure of Example A-24 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-26
  • The procedure of Example A-24 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-27
  • The procedure of Example A-26 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205) .
  • EXAMPLE A-28
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) Amixture of 3225 parts (5.0 equivalents) of the polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 289 parts (8.5 equivalents) of pentaerythritol and 5204 parts of mineral oil is heated at 225-235°C for 5.5 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered at 130°C to yield an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 300 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-29
  • The procedure of Example A-28 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-30
  • The procedure of Example A-28 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-31
  • The procedure of Example A-30 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205) .
  • EXAMPLE A-32
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture of 322 parts (0.5 equivalent) of the polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 68 parts (2.0 equivalents) of pentaerythritol and 508 parts of mineral oil is heated at 204-227°C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 162°C and 5.3 parts (0.13 equivalent) of a commercial ethylene polyamine mixture having an overall composition approximating that of tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 162-163°C for 1 hour, then cooled to 130°C and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 350 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-33
  • The procedure of Example A-32 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-34
  • The procedure of Example A-32 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-35
  • The procedure of Example A-34 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205).
  • EXAMPLE A-36
    • (a) A mixture of 510 parts (0.28 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 1845; Mw = 5325, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 59 parts (0.59 mole) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 190°C in 7 hours during which 43 parts (0.6 mole) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 190-192°C, an additional 11 parts (0.16 mole) of chlorine is added over 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 190-193°C with nitrogen blowing for 10 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) Amixture of 334 parts (0.52 equivalents) of the polyisobutene substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 548 parts of mineral oil, 30 parts (0.88 equivalent) of pentaerythritol and 8.6 parts (0.0057 equivalent) of Polyglycol 112-2 demulsifier (Dow Chemical Company) is heated at 150°C for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture is then heated to 210°C over a period of 5 hours and then held at 210°C for an additional 3.2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 190°C and 8.5 parts (0.2 equivalent) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having an overall composition approximating that of tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 205°C with nitrogen blowing for 3 hours, and then filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 260 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-37
  • The procedure of Example A-36 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-38
  • The procedure of Example A-36 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture afterwaterdistiiiation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-39
  • The procedure of Example A-38 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205).
  • EXAMPLE A-40
    • (a) A mixture of 510 parts (0.28 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 1845; Mw = 5325, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 59 parts (0.59 mole) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 190°C in 7 hours during which 43 parts (0.6 mole) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 190-192°C, an additional 11 parts (0.16 mole) of chlorine is added over 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 190-193°C with nitrogen blowing for 10 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture is prepared by the addition of 10.2 parts (0.25 equivalent) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having the approxi mate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine to 113 parts of mineral oil and 161 parts (0.25 equivalent) of the substituted succiric acylating agent prepared as in (a) while maintaining the temperature at 138°C. The reaction mixture is heated to 150°C over a 2 hour period and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 125 parts of the polyisobutenyl succinimide product solution formed as in (b), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. Aclear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-41
  • The procedure of Example A-40 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE A-42
  • The procedure of Example A-40 is repeated except that 11 parts of phosphorus pentasulfide is used in place of the phosphorous acid, the P2S5 is added to the mixture after water distillation, and the mixture is then heated for an additional hour at 100°C to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE A-43
  • The procedure of Example A-42 is repeated except that the P2S5 is replaced by 7 parts of phosphorus pentoxide (P205).
  • EXAMPLE A-44
  • To a reactor are charged under a nitrogen atmosphere 67.98 parts of a commercially-available polyisobutenyl succinimide of a mixture of polyethylene polyamines having the approximate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine (the polyisobutenyl group derived from polyisobutene having a number average molecular weight of about 900; the succinimide product having a ratio of about 1.15 succinic groups per alkenyl group) and 26.14 parts of a 100 Solvent neutral refined mineral oil. After raising the temperature of the resulting solution to 100-105 C, 2.09 parts of boric acid and 2.09 parts of phosphorous acid are introduced into the reactor, followed by 0.92 part of tolutriazole (Cobratec TT-100; PMC Specialties Group, Cincinnati, Ohio) and then 0.78 part of water. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for two hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE A-45
  • The procedure of Example A-44 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is omitted from the reaction mixture.
  • EXAMPLE A-46
    • (a) A mixture of 322 parts of the polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example A-40(a), 68 parts of pentaerythritol and 508 parts of mineral oil is heated at 204-227°C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 162°C and 5.3 parts of a commercial ethylene polyamine mixture having the approximate overall composition corresponding to tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 162-163°C for 1 hour, then cooled to 130°C and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product.
    • (b) A mixture is formed from 275 parts of the product solution formed as in (a), 8 parts of phosphorous acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE A-47
  • The procedures of Examples A-1 through A-8 are repeated except that in each case a chemically equivalent amount of trimethyl borate is substituted for the boric acid, and the water used with the boric acid is omitted.
  • EXAMPLE A-48
  • The procedures of Examples A-1 through A-5, and A-10 through A-15 are repeated except that in each case the boronating agent consists of a chemically equivalent amount of trimethyl borate in lieu of boric acid, the water used with the boric acid is omitted, and the phosphorylating agent consists of a chemically equivalent amount of a mixture consisting of an equimolar mixture of phosphorous acid and dibutyl hydrogen phosphite.
  • EXAMPLE A-49
    • (a) To 120 parts of chlorinated polyisobutylene having a number average molecular weight of about 1,300 and containing about 2.8 weight percent chlorine are added 21.7 parts of pentaethylene hexamine and 5.6 parts of sodium carbonate. The reaction mixture is heated to about 205°C and maintained at this temperature for about 5 hours. Astream of nitrogen is passed through the reaction mixture to remove the water of reaction. The reaction mixture is diluted with 60 parts of light mineral oil and hexane, filtered and extracted with methanol to remove excess pentaethylene hexamine. The hexane is stripped from the product by heating the mixture to 120°C under a suitable vacuum. The product should have a nitrogen content of approximately 1.0 to 1.5 weight percent.
    • (b) A mixture is formed from 80 parts of a diluted reaction product formed as in (a), 20 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 2.1 parts of phosphorous acid, 4.6 parts of boric acid, and 1.5 parts of water. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for 2 hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
    • (c) 2 Parts of powdered anhydrous boric acid is added with stirring to 80 parts of a 50 weight percent mineral oil solution of a reaction product formed as in (a) heated to 90°C. The temperature of the mixture is then increased to 150°C and maintained at this temperature for 4 hours while collecting the water of reaction overhead. The mixture is then filtered and mixed with 10 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, and 1.5 parts of phosphorous acid. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for 2 hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
    EXAMPLE A-50
    • (a) Into a reactor are placed 220 parts of p-nonylphenol and 465 parts of diethylenetriamine. The mixture is heated to 80°C and 152 parts of 37% formalin is added dropwise over a period of about 30 minutes. The mixture is then heated to 125°C for several hours until the evolution of water has ceased. The resultant product should contain approximately 16-20% nitrogen.
    • (b) Into a reactor are placed 202 parts of styrene-maleic anhydride resin (having a number average mo- lecularweight in the range of 600-700 and a mole ratio of styrene to maleic anhydride of 1:1), 202.5 parts of octadecyl amine and 472 parts of a 95 VI lubricating oil having a viscosity at 100°F of 150 SUS. The mixture is heated to 225°C for several hours. To this mixture is added dropwise over a period of about 30 minutes, 85 parts of the product formed as in (a). The resulting mixture is heated for 6 hours at210-230°C while collecting the water formed during reaction. The polymeric product so formed should have a nitrogen content of about 2.1 weight percent.
    • (c) To a reactor are charged 200 parts of the basic nitrogen polymer produced as in (b) and 50 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil. After raising the temperature of the resulting mixture to 100-105°C, 5.7 parts of boric acid, 4.0 parts of phosphorous acid, and 2.0 parts of water are added. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for two hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. Aflow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
    Producing Phosphorylated and Boronated Ashless Dispersants from Water and at least one Water-Hydrolyzable Organic Phosphorus Compound and at least one Boron Compound
  • Typical procedures for producing the phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants from (ii) and (iii) above involve concurrently or sequentially heating one or more ashless dispersants of the types described above with (ii) water and at least one water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound and (iii) at least one boron compound under conditions yielding a liquid phosphorus- and boron-containing composition. Examples of organic phosphorus compounds which are useful in forming such products include mono-, di-, and tri-esters of phosphoric acid (e.g., trihydrocarbyl phosphates, dihydrocarbyl monoacid phosphates, monohydrocarbyl diacid phosphates, and mixtures thereof), mono-, di-, and triesters of phosphorous acid (e.g., trihydrocarbyl phosphites, dihydrocarbyl hydrogen phosphites, hydrocarbyl diacid phosphites, and mixtures thereof), esters of phosphonic acids (both "primary", RP(O)(OR)2, and "secondary", R2P(O)(OR)), esters of phosphinic acids, phosphonyl halides (e.g., RP(O)CI2 and R2P(O)CI), halophosphites (e.g., (RO)PCI2 and (RO)2PCl), halophosphates (e.g., ROP(O)CI2 and (RO)2P(O)Cl), tertiary pyrophosphate esters (e.g., (RO)2P(O)-O-P(O)(OR)2), and the total or partial sulfur analogs of any of the foregoing organic phosphorus compounds, and the like. Also usable, although less preferred, are the halophosphine halides (e.g., hydrocarbyl phosphorus tetrahalides, dihydrocarbyl phosphorus trihalides, and trihydrocarbyl phosphorus dihalides), and the halophosphines (mono- halophosphines and dihalophosphines). By "water-hydrolyzable" is meant that the organic phosphorus compound when boiled at atmospheric pressure for a period of 5 hours with either (a) distilled water, or (b) water adjusted to at least one pH between 1 and 7 by use of H2SO4, or (c) water adjusted to at least one pH between 7 and 13 with KOH, is hydrolyzed to the extent of at least 50 mole %. In some cases, hydrolysis of certain types of organophosphorus compounds results in concomitant oxidation, and compounds which undergo both hydrolysis and oxidation under the foregoing conditions ire usable in forming the phosphorylated dispersants for use in this invention. Likewise, certain sulfur-containing organophosphorus compounds undergo loss of sulfur under hydrolysis conditions. Here again, compounds of this type are suitable for use in forming the phosphorylated dispersants used in therpractice of this invention. Considerable information exists in the literature concerning hydrolysis of organophosphorus compounds --see for example Kosolapoff, Organophosphorus Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1950 (and pertinent references cited therein), Van Wazer, Phosphorus and its Compounds, Interscience Publishers, Inc., Vol. I: Chemistry, 1958 (and pertinent references cited therein), and Vojvodic, et al, Arch. Belg. Med. Soc., Hyg., Med. Trav. Med. Leg., Suppl. (Proc.-World Congr. "New Compd. Biol. Chem. Warf.: Tox Eval.", 1st, 1984), pp. 49-52. The preferred water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds are the water-hydrolyzable phosphate esters, and the water-hydrolyzable phosphite esters, especially the dihydrocarbyl hydrogen phosphites.
  • Optionally, additional sources of basic nitrogen can be included in the organic phosphorus compound-ashless dispersant-boron compound-water mixture so as to provide a molar amount (atomic proportion) of basic nitrogen up to that equal to the molar amount of basic nitrogen contributed by the ashless dispersant. Preferred auxiliary nitrogen compounds are long chain primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines containing from about 12 to 24 carbon atoms, including their hydroxyalkyl and aminoalkyl derivatives. The long chain alkyl group may optionally contain one or more ether groups. Examples of suitable compounds are oleyl amine, N-oleyl- trimethylene diamine, N-tallow diethanolamine, N,N-dimethyl oleylamine, and myristyloxapropyl amine.
  • Other materials normally used in lubricant additives which do not interfere with the process may also be added, for example, a benzotriazole, including lower (C1-C4) alkyl-substituted benzotriazoles, which function to protect copper surfaces.
  • The concurrent heating step or the combination of sequential heating steps is conducted at temperatures sufficient to produce a final liquid composition which contains both phosphorus and boron. The heating can be carried out in the absence of a solvent by heating a mixture of the ashless dispersant, water and one or more suitable organic phosphorus compounds, or one or more suitable boron compounds, or, preferably, a combination of water, one or more suitable organic phosphorus compounds and one or more suitable boron compounds. The temperatures used will vary somewhat depending upon the nature of the ashless dispersant and the organic phosphorus and/or boron reagent being utilized. Generally speaking however, the temperature will usually fall within the range of about 40 to about 200°C. The duration of the heating is likewise susceptible to variation, but ordinarily will fall in the range of about 1 to about 3 hours. When conducting the heating in bulk, it is important to thoroughly agitate the components to insure intimate contact therebetween. When utilizing the preferred boron reagent (boric acid) in a boronation conducted separately from the phosphorylation, it is preferable to add water with the boric acid to facilitate initial dissolution of the boric acid.
  • Various methods can be used for removing water from component b) during or after its formation. The preferred method involves applying a suitable vacuum to the reaction system while heating the water-containing mixture to a suitably elevated temperature. In this way the water is readily stripped off. When conducting the phosphorylation (separately or concurrently with boronation) using a phosphorus ester made from a lower alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, isobutyl alcohol, etc., both lower alcohol liberated in the process and water can be stripped off from the product mixture during or on completion of the heating operation. For example, water and relatively volatile alcohols formed in the hydrolysis process and the added water are preferably removed from the heated mixture by vacuum distillation at temperatures of from about 100 to about 140°C. Preferably the heating step or steps will be conducted in a diluent oil or other inert liquid medium such as light mineral oils, and the like.
  • The amount of phosphorus compound employed in the heating process ranges from about 0.001 mole to 0.999 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and free hydroxyl in the mixture being heated, up to one half of which may be contributed by an auxiliary nitrogen compound. The amount of boron compound employed ranges from about 0.001 mole to about 1 mole per mole of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl in the mixture which is in excess of the molar amount of inorganic phosphorus compound. When conducting the phosphorylation and boronation on a sequential basis (or when conducting one of these operations on a dispersant which has previously been subjected to the other such operation), the last-to-be-used reagent(s) -- water and organic phosphorus compound(s) or boron compound(s), as the case may be -- can be used in an amount equivalent to (or even in excess of) the amount of basic nitrogen and/or hydroxyl groups in the dispersant being heated with such last-to-be-used reagent(s).
  • As noted above, insofar as the phosphorylation is concerned, it is preferable to heat the ashless dispersant with one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds in the presence of water. In this case the water can be added before and/or during the heating step, and before, after, or at the same time one or more phosphorus compounds are introduced into the vessel in which the heating is taking place or is to take place. It is also possible to heat the ashless dispersant with the organic phosphorus compound and then subsequently heat the resultant composition with water, although this procedure is less preferred.
  • The amount of added water is not particularly critical as long as a sufficient amount is present to effect hydrolysis of the water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound. Water present in the system can be removed by distillation (preferably at reduced pressure) during the course of, and preferably is removed at the end of, the heating step. Amounts of water up to 15% by weight of the mixture being heated are preferred, and amounts of water of up to 5% by weight are particularly preferred. When used, the amount of diluent usually ranges from about 10 to about 50% by weight of the mixture being subjected to heating.
  • The hydrolysis of the water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound(s) employed in the phosphorylation operation can be effected in any of a variety of ways. For example, the dispersant to be phosphorylated, one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds, and water may be mixed together and heated either in an open system at atmospheric pressure or in a closed system at superatmospheric pressure. If conducted with an open system, the temperature may be kept below the boiling point of water and the mixture subjected to stirring of sufficient intensity to cause and maintain intimate contact among the components within the hydrolysis reaction mixture. It is also feasible to raise the temperature of the mixture in an open system to the boiling point of water and allow the water vapor either to escape from the system or to be condensed in a suitable condensing system and returned to the refluxing hydrolysis reaction mixture. If the water is allowed to escape, sufficiently large amounts of water should be used to insure that a substantial amount of hydrolysis occurs before the supply of water in the hydrolysis mixture has been depleted. In all such cases, water can be fed to the system as an initial complete charge or it can be fed intermittently or continuously into the hydrolysis mixture.
  • When conducting the hydrolysis in a closed system, the system may be kept at one or more selected autogenous pressures by suitable adjustment and regulation of the temperature. And, still higher pressures may be imposed upon the system, as for example by injecting high pressure steam into a sealed autoclave containing the hydrolysis reaction mixture.
  • The water itself may be charged to the system in any suitable form, such as in the form of liquid water, steam, or even ice. Similarly, the water may be introduced in the form of hydrated solids so that the water is released by the application of heat during the course of the hydrolysis operation. Injection of wet steam into a well-agitated hydrolysis system is one preferred way of conducting the operation.
  • The hydrolysis operation should be conducted under any given set or sequence of hydrolysis conditions for a period of time long enough that at least 10%, preferably at least 50%, and most preferably at least 75%, of the organic phosphorus compound(s) present in the hydrolysis mixture have been hydrolyzed. The nature of the hydrolysis products can be expected to vary in relation to the type of phosphorus compound(s) used and the severity of the hydrolysis conditions imposed upon the hydrolysis system. Thus inorganic and organic hydrolysis products can be formed in the system, and these in turn can be expected to be taken up by the ashless dispersant(s) present in the system substantially as they are formed. Accordingly, although the chemical structure(s) of the phosphorylated dispersant(s) are not known with absolute certainty, it is reasonable to conclude that at least some interaction occurs between the dispersant(s) and organic and/or inorganic phosphorus-containing species formed in the hydrolysis reactions taking place in the system. It is also conceivable that such interacted components may undergo displacements and/or other forms of interactions with components present in the hydrolysis system as the hydrolysis operation proceeds.
  • As pointed out above, the phosphorylation may be conducted apart from the boronation, or it may be conducted concurrently with the boronation. When performing the phosphorylation and boronation operations concurrently, any of the foregoing hydrolysis procedures can be utilized, the principal difference being that one or more boron compounds are used in combination with one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds.
  • If desired, small amounts of one or more acids (e.g., sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, etc.) or bases (e.g., NaOH, KOH, ammonium hydroxide, etc.) may be added to the hydrolysis mixture to facilitate hydrolysis of the organic phosphorus compound(s) being used.
  • When forming component b) in part by use of one or more inorganic phosphorus compounds such as phosphorous acid (H3PO3, sometimes depicted as H2(HPO3), and sometimes called ortho-phosphorous acid or phosphonic acid), phosphoric acid (H3PO4, sometimes called orthophosphoric acid), hypophosphorous acid (H3PO2, sometimes called phosphinic acid), hypophosphoric acid (H4P206), metaphosphoric acid (HP03), pyr- ophosphoricacid (H4P207), pyrophosphorous acid (H4P205, sometimes called pyrophosphonic acid), phosphinous acid (H3PO), tripolyphosphoric acid (H5P3O10), tetrapolyphosphoric acid (H6P4013), trimetaphosphoric acid (H3P3O9), phosphorus trioxide, phosphorus tetroxide, phosphorus pentoxide, and/or partial or total sulfur analogs of the foregoing such as phosphorotetrathioic acid (H3PS4), phosphoromonothioic acid (H3PO3S), phosphorodithioic acid (H3PO2S2), phosphorotrithioic acid (H3POS3), phosphorus sesquisulfide, phosphorus heptasulfide, and phosphorus pentasulfide (P2S5, sometimes referred to as P4S10), or the like, and in part by use of one or more water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compounds, the latter should be used in an amount sufficient to provide at least 10% (preferably at least 50% and more preferably at least 75%) of the total phosphorus content of the phosphorylated and boronated dispersant. For crankcase lubricant usage, component b) when in the undiluted state preferably contains at least 3000 ppm (more preferably at least 5000 ppm and most preferably at least 7000 ppm) of phosphorus and at least 1500 ppm (more preferably at least 2500 ppm and most preferably at least 3500 ppm) of boron.
  • The preparation of phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention from (ii) and (iii) above is illustrated by the following examples in which all parts and percentages are by weight unless otherwise clearly specified.
  • EXAMPLE B-1
  • A mixture is formed from 260 parts of a commercial succinimide ashless dispersant (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 100 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 26 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 10 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water and butanol while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-2
  • The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 1,100. The average number of succinic groups per alkenyl group in the succinimide is approximately 1.2.
  • EXAMPLE B-3
  • The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant used is derived from polybutene having a number average molecular weight of 2,100.
  • EXAMPLE B-4
  • The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation). The Amoco 9250 dispersant as supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant and in such case, another material suitable for use as component b) can be formed by eliminating the boric acid from the procedure used in this example and thereby conducting phosphorylation on an already boronated dispersant.
  • EXAMPLE B-5
  • The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the succinimide ashless dispersant is replaced by an equal amount of a commercial ashless dispersant of the pentaerythritol succinic ester type (Lubrizol® 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation). As in the case of Example B-4, the initial dispersant as supplied by the manufacturer is believed to be a boronated dispersant. In such cases, the dispersant can, if desired, be subjected just to phosphorylation to thereby form still another product suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-6
  • The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that 16 parts of trimethyl phosphite is used in place of the dibutyl hydrogen phosphite, to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-7
  • The procedure of Example B-1 is repeated except that the dibutyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 16.3 parts of O-ethyl-O,O-1,2-ethanediyl phosphite.
  • EXAMPLE B-8
  • The procedures of Examples B-1 through B-7 are repeated except that the tolutriazole is omitted from the initial mixtures subjected to the thermal processes.
  • EXAMPLE B-9
  • A mixture of 12,000 parts of a commercial boronated succinimide (HiTEC® 648 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 90 parts of water, and 584 parts of triphenylmethane phosphonyl dichloride is heated to 100-110°C for 6 hours while sweeping the reaction mixture with nitrogen. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is then gradually applied to remove water and thereby form a homogeneous liquid compositions suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention. For convenience in handling, 100 Solvent Neutral mineral oil can be added to form an 80% solution of the additive in the oil.
  • EXAMPLE B-10
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 3 parts of water, 13 parts of tributyl phosphate, and 4 parts of phosphorous acid is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-11
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinimide (HiTEC@ 644 dispersant; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 16 parts of diethyl hydrogen phosphite and 6 parts of aqueous ammonium hydroxide (3N) are added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C foranother2 hours. Avacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-12
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), 6 parts of water, and 16 parts of methyl dichlorophosphate is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. To this product are added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. The mixture is then swept with nitrogen for one hour at 100°C. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 110°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-13
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial succinic pentaerythritol ester ashless dispersant (Lubrizol@ 936 dispersant; The Lubrizol Corporation), 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 6 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 19 parts of methyl bis(phenyl) phosphate, 5 parts of phosphoric acid, and 0.4 part of additional water are added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 130°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-14
  • Amixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), 8 parts of water, and 35 parts of dibenzyl methyl phosphate is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. To this product is added 8 parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water, and the resultant mixture is heated at 100°C for another 2 hours. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 130°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-15
  • A mixture of 260 parts of a commercial Mannich polyamine dispersant (AMOCO@ 9250 dispersant; Amoco Corporation), parts of orthoboric acid and 4 parts of water is heated to 100°C for 2 hours. Then 9 parts of monophenyl phosphate, 4 parts of phosphorous acid, and an additional 3 parts of water are added to the reaction mixture and the temperature of the mixture is held at 100°C for another 2 hours. A vacuum of 40 mm of Hg is applied to the system and the temperature is gradually raised to 130°C. The resultant homogeneous liquid composition is suitable for use as component b) in the practice of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-16
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture is prepared by the addition of 57 parts (1.38 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having the approximate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine to 1,067 parts of mineral oil and 893 parts (1.38 equivalents) of substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a) while maintaining the temperature at 140-145°C. The reaction mixture is then heated to 155°C over a three hour period and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired product composed predominantly of polyisobutenyl succinimides.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 250 parts of the polyisobutenyl succinimide product solution formed as in (b), 11 parts of dibutyl chlorophosphate, 5 parts of phosphoric acid, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for four hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE B-17
  • The procedure of Example B-16 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE B-18
  • The procedure of Example B-16 is repeated except that 9 parts of an equimolar mixture of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite and monobutyl dihydrogen phosphite is used in place of the dibutyl chlorophosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-19
  • The procedure of Example B-16 is repeated except that the dibutyl chlorophosphate is replaced by 11 parts of mono-2-naphthyl orthophosphate.
  • EXAMPLE B-20
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture is prepared by the addition of 18.2 parts (0.433 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having the approximate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine to 392 parts of mineral oil and 348 parts (0.52 equivalent) of substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a) while maintaining the temperature at 140°C. The reaction mixture is then heated to 150°C in 1.8 hours and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired product composed predominantly of polyisobutenyl succinimides.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 250 parts of the polyisobutenyl succinimide product solution formed as in (b), 18 parts of phenyl dimethyl phosphate, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for three hours. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the waterwhi le the temperature is slowly raised to 130°C. Aclearsolution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE B-21
  • The procedure of Example B-20 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE B-22
  • The procedure of Example B-20 is repeated except that 15 parts of trimethyl phosphite is used in place of the phenyl dimethyl phosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-23
  • The procedure of Example B-20 is repeated except that the phenyl dimethyl phosphate is replaced by 36 parts of4-di-methyl-aminophenyl phosphorus tetrachloride and the heated mixture in (c) is swept with nitrogen during the three-hour period.
  • EXAMPLE B-24
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) Amixture of 334 parts (0.52 equivalents) of the polyisobutene substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 548 parts of mineral oil, 30 parts (0.88 equivalent) of pentaerythritol and 8.6 parts (0.0057 equivalent) of Polyglycol 112-2 demulsifier (Dow Chemical Company) is heated at 150°C for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture is then heated to 210°C over a period of 5 hours and then held at 210°C for an additional 3.2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 190°C and 8.5 parts (0.2 equivalent) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having an overall composition approximating that of tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 205°C with nitrogen blowing for 3 hours, and then filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 300 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 37 parts of bis-(2-ethylhexyl) hydrogen phosphite, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°Cfortwo hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 130°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE B-25
  • The procedure of Example B-24 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE B-26
  • The procedure of Example B-24 is repeated except that 26 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite is used in place of the bis(2-ethylhexyl) hydrogen phosphite to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-27
  • The procedure of Example B-24 is repeated except that the bis(2-ethylhexyl) hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 15 parts of trimethyl phosphite.
  • EXAMPLE B-28
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) Amixture of 3225 parts (5.0 equivalents) of the polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 289 parts (8.5 equivalents) of pentaerythritol and 5204 parts of mineral oil is heated at 225-235°C for 5.5 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered at 130°C to yield an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 300 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 27 parts of dibutyl chlorophosphate, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE B-29
  • The procedure of Example B-28 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE B-30
  • The procedure of Example B-28 is repeated except that 8 parts of ethyl dichlorophosphate and 4 parts of phosphorous acid are used in place of the dibutyl chlorophosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-31
  • The procedure of Example B-28 is repeated except that the dibutyl chlorophosphate is replaced by 10 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite and 5 parts of phosphoric acid.
  • EXAMPLE B-32
    • (a) A mixture of 1,000 parts (0.495 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 2020; Mw = 6049, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 184°C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189°C, an additional 59 parts (0.83 mole) of chlorine is added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190°C with nitrogen purged for 26 hours. The residue is predominatly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) A mixture of 322 parts (0.5 equivalent) of the polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 68 parts (2.0 equivalents) of pentaerythritol and 508 parts of mineral oil is heated at 204-227°C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 162°C and 5.3 parts (0.13 equivalent) of a commercial ethylene polyamine mixture having an overall composition approximating that of tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 162-163°C for 1 hour, then cooled to 130°C and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 350 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 16 parts of diethyl hydrogen phosphite, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 6 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water white the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C.
  • A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-33
  • The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE B-34
  • The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that 20 parts of diethyl chlorophosphate is used in place of the diethyl hydrogen phosphite to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-35
  • The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the diethyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 12 parts of ethyl dibutyl phosphate and 4 parts of phosphorous acid.
  • EXAMPLE B-36
    • (a) A mixture of 510 parts (0.28 mole) of polyisobutene (Mn = 1845; Mw = 5325, both as per U. S. Pat. No. 4,234,435) and 59 parts (0.59 mole) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110°C. This mixture is heated to 190°C in 7 hours during which 43 parts (0.6 mole) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 190-192°C, an additional 11 parts (0.16 mole) of chlorine is added over 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 190-193°C with nitrogen blowing for 10 hours. The residue is predominantly polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride acylating agent.
    • (b) Amixture of 334 parts (0.52 equivalents) of the polyisobutene substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in (a), 548 parts of mineral oil, 30 parts (0.88 equivalent) of pentaerythritol and 8.6 parts (0.0057 equivalent) of Polyglycol 112-2 demulsifier (Dow Chemical Company) is heated at 150°C for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture is then heated to 210°C over a period of 5 hours and then held at 210°C for an additional 3.2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 190°C and 8.5 parts (0.2 equivalent) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having an overall composition approximating that of tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 205°C with nitrogen blowing for 3 hours, and then filtered to yield the filtrate as an oil solution of the desired ashless dispersant product.
    • (c) A mixture is formed from 260 parts of the ashless dispersant product solution formed as in (b), 20 parts of ethyl dichloro phosphate, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE B-37
  • The procedure of Example B-36 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is eliminated from the reaction mixture of (c).
  • EXAMPLE B-38
  • The procedure of Example B-36 is repeated except that 23 parts of butyl dichloro phosphate is used in place of the ethyl dichloro phosphate to provide a clear, oil-soluble composition suitable for use as component b).
  • EXAMPLE B-39
  • The procedure of Example B-36 is repeated except that the ethyl dichloro phosphate is replaced by 30 parts of mono-butyl-mono-2-ethylhexyl hydrogen phosphite.
  • EXAMPLE B-40
  • To a reactor are charged under a nitrogen atmosphere 67.98 parts of a commercially-available polyisobutenyl succinimide of a mixture of polyethylene polyamines having the approximate overall composition of tetraethylene pentamine (the polyisobutenyl group derived from polyisobutene having a number average molecular weight of about 900; the succinimide product having a ratio of about 1.15 succinic groups per alkenyl group) and 26.14 parts of a 100 Solvent neutral refined mineral oil. After raising the temperature of the resulting solution to 100-105°C, 2.09 parts of boric acid and 4.6 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite are introduced into the reactor, followed by 0.92 part of tolutriazole (Cobratec TT-100; PMC Specialties Group, Cincinnati, Ohio) and then 3 parts of water. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for two hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
  • EXAMPLE B-41
  • The procedure of Example B-40 is repeated except that the tolutriazole is omitted from the reaction mixture.
  • EXAMPLE B-42
    • (a) A mixture of 322 parts of the polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example B-40(a), 68 parts of pentaerythritol and 508 parts of mineral oil is heated at 204-227°C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 162°C and 5.3 parts of a commercial ethylene polyamine mixture having the approximate overall composition corresponding to tetraethylene pentamine is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 162-163°C for 1 hour, then cooled to 130°C and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product.
    • (b) A mixture is formed from 275 parts of the product solution formed as in (a), 20 parts of diisopropyl hydrogen phosphite, 3.5 parts of tolutriazole, 8 parts of boric acid, and 8 parts of water. The mixture is heated at 100°C for two hours until all of the solid materials are dissolved. A vacuum of 40 mm Hg is gradually drawn on the product to remove the water while the temperature is slowly raised to 100°C. A clear solution or composition is obtained which is soluble in oil and suitable for use as component b).
    EXAMPLE B-43
  • The procedures of Examples B-1 through B-8 are repeated except that in each case a chemically equivalent amount of trimethyl borate is substituted for the boric acid.
  • EXAMPLE B-44
  • The procedures of Examples B-1 through B-5, and B-10 through B-15 are repeated except that in each case the boronating agent consists of a chemically equivalent amount of trimethyl borate in lieu of boric acid, and the phosphorylating agent consists of a chemically equivalent amount of a mixture consisting of an equimolar mixture of phosphorous acid and dibutyl hydrogen phosphite.
  • EXAMPLE B-49
    • (a) To 120 parts of chlorinated polyisobutylene having a number average molecular weight of about 1,300 and containing about 2.8 weight percent chlorine are added 21.7 parts of pentaethylene hexamine and 5.6 parts of sodium carbonate. The reaction mixture is heated to about 205°C and maintained at this temperature for about 5 hours. Astream of nitrogen is passed through the reaction mixture to remove the water of reaction. The reaction mixture is diluted with 60 parts of light mineral oil and hexane, filtered and extracted with methanol to remove excess pentaethylene hexamine. The hexane is stripped from the product by heating the mixture to 120°C under a suitable vacuum. The product should have a nitrogen content of approximately 1.0 to 1.5 weight percent.
    • (b) A mixture is formed from 80 parts of a diluted reaction product formed as in (a), 20 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 5.0 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite, 4.6 parts of boric acid, and 3.0 parts of water. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for 2 hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
    • (c) 2 Parts of powdered anhydrous boric acid is added with stirring to 80 parts of a 50 weight percent mineral oil solution of a reaction product formed as in (a) heated to 90°C. The temperature of the mixture is then increased to 150°C and maintained at this temperature for 4 hours while collecting the water of reaction overhead. The mixture is then filtered and mixed with 10 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil diluent, 3.6 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite and 3.0 parts of water. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for 2 hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
    EXAMPLE B-46
    • (a) Into a reactor are placed 220 parts of p-nonylphenol and 465 parts of diethylenetriamine. The mixture is heated to 80°C and 152 parts of 37% formalin is added dropwise over a period of about 30 minutes. The mixture is then heated to 125°C for several hours until the evolution of water has ceased. The resultant product should contain approximately 16-20% nitrogen.
    • (b) Into a reactor are placed 202 parts of styrene-maleic anhydride resin (having a number average mo- lecularweight in the range of 600-700 and a mole ratio of styrene to maleic anhydride of 1:1), 202.5 parts of octadecyl amine and 472 parts of a 95 VI lubricating oil having a viscosity at 100°F of 150 SUS. The mixture is heated to 225°C for several hours. To this mixture is added dropwise over a period of about 30 minutes, 85 parts of the product formed as in (a). The resulting mixture is heated for 6 hours at210-230°C while collecting the water formed during reaction. The polymeric product so formed should have a nitrogen content of about 2.1 weight percent.
    • (c) To a reactor are charged 250 parts of the basic nitrogen polymer produced as in (b) and 50 parts of a 100 Solvent Neutral refined mineral oil. After raising the temperature of the resulting mixture to 100-105°C, 5.7 parts of boric acid, 35 parts of dibutyl hydrogen phosphite, and 8 parts of water are added. The resultant mixture is heated at 100-105°C for two hours and then the temperature is gradually raised to 115°C with the application of a vacuum to 40 mm Hg. Stripping is continued for 90 minutes and until 120°C/40 mm Hg has been reached. A flow of dry nitrogen is then applied to the system and the product mixture is allowed to cool. The product mixture is suitable for use as component b) in the compositions of this invention.
    EXAMPLE B-47
  • The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the diethyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 10 parts of dimethyl hydrogen phosphite.
  • EXAMPLE B-48
  • The procedure of Example B-32 is repeated except that the diethyl hydrogen phosphite is replaced by 5 parts of dimethyl hydrogen phosphite and 4 parts of phosphorous acid.
  • A particularly preferred embodiment of this invention involves using as component b) a phosphorylated and boronated alkenyl succinimide of polyethylene polyamine or mixture of polyethylene polyamines, wherein the succinimide is formed from (i) an alkenyl succinic acylating agent having a succination ratio (i.e., the ratio of the average number of chemically bound succinic groups per alkenyl group in the molecular structure of the succinic acylating agent) in the range of 1 to about 1.3, the alkenyl group being derived from a polyolefin (most preferably a polyisobutene) having a number average molecular weight in the range of about 600 to about 1,300 (more preferably in the range of 700 to 1,250 and most preferably in the range of 800 to 1,200).
  • Unless otherwise expressly indicated, the following procedures are used to determine the succination ratio of the alkenyl succinic acylating agents utilized in forming such particularly preferred phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants:
    • A. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyalkene from which the substituent is derived is determined by use of either of two methods, namely, vapor pressure osmometry (VPO) or gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The VPO determination should be conducted in accordance with ASTM D2503-82 using high purity toluene as the measuring solvent.
      • Alternatively, a GPC procedure can be employed. As is well known, the GPC technique involves separating molecules according to their size in solution. For this purpose liquid chromatographic columns are packed with a styrene-divinyl benzene copolymer of controlled particle and pore sizes. When the polyalkene molecules from which the substituent is derived are transported through the GPC columns by a solvent (tetrahydrofuran), the polyalkene molecules small enough to penetrate into the pores of the column packing are retarded in their progress through the columns. On the other hand, the polyalkene molecules which are larger either penetrate the pores only slighly or are totally excluded from the pores. As a consequence, these larger polyalkene molecules are retarded in their progress through the columns to a lesser extent. Thus a velocity separation occurs according to the size of the respective polyalkene molecules. In order to define the relationship between polyalkene molecular weight and elution time, the GPC system to be used is calibrated using known molecular weight polyalkene standards and an internal standard method. Details concerning such GPC procedures and methods for column calibration are extensively reported in the literature. See for example, W. W. Yau, J. J. Kirkland, and D. D. Bly, Modern Size-Exclusion Liquid Chromatography, John Wiley & Sons, 1979, Chapter 9 (pages 285-341), and references cited therein.
      • In general, the Mn determined by the VPO and GPC methods should agree within the precision of the respective methods.
    • B. The total weight of the substituent groups present in the substituted succinic acylating agent is determined by conventional methods for determination of the number of carbonyl functions. The preferred procedure for use involves non-aqueous titration of the substituted acylating agent with standardized sodium isopropoxide. In this procedure the titration is conducted in a 1:1 mineral spirits:1-butanol solvent system. An alternative, albeit less preferred, procedure is the ASTM D94 procedure.
      • The results from procedures A and B above are used in calculating the weight of substituent groups per unit weight of total sample.
    • C. In determining the succination ratio of the alkenyl succinic acylating agents used in forming the particularly preferred phosphorylated and boronated ashless dispersants employed as component b) pursuant to this invention, the determination is to be based on the active portion of the sample. That is to say, alkenyl succinic acylating agents are often produced as a mixture with an inactive diluent. Thus for the purpose of succination ratio determination, such diluent should not be considered a part of the succinic acylating agent, and accordingly a separation as between the diluent and the alkenyl succinic acylating agent should be accomplished. Such separation can be effected before determination of total weight of the subtituent groups present in the substituted succinic acylating agent. However, it is preferable to effect such separation after such determination using a mathematical correction of the result. The separation itself can be achieved using a silica gel column separation technique. A low molecular weight non-polar hydrocarbon solvent, such as hexane and more preferably pentane, is used as the solvent whereby the unreactive diluent is readily eluted from the column. The substituted succinic acylating agent entrained in the column can then be recovered by use of a more polar elution solvent, preferably methanol/methylene dichloride.
    Other Additive Components
  • The lubricant and lubricant concentrates of this invention can and preferably will contain additional components in order to partake of the properties which can be conferred to the overall composition by such additional components. The nature of such components will, to a large extent, be governed by the particular use to which the ultimate oleaginous composition (lubricant or functional fluid) is to be subjected.
  • Antioxidants.
  • Most oleaginous compositions will contain a conventional quantity of one or more antioxidants in order to protect the composition from premature degradation in the presence of air, especially at elevated temperatures. Typical antioxidants include hindered phenolic antioxidants, secondary aromatic amine antioxidants, sulfurized phenolic antioxidants, oil-soluble copper compounds, phosphorus-containing antioxidants, and the like.
  • Illustrative sterically hindered phenolic antioxidants include ortho-alkylated phenolic compounds such as 2,6-d i-tert-butyl phenol, 4-methyl-2,6-di-tert-butyl phenol, 2,4,6-tri-tert-butyl phenol, 2-tert-butylphenol, 2,6-dii- sopropylphenol, 2-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol,2,4-dimethyl-6-tert-butylphenol, 4-(N,N-dimethylaminomethyl)-2,6-di-tert-butylphenol,4-ethyl-2,6-di-tert-butylphenol, 2-methyl-6-styrylphenol,2,6-di-styryl-4-nonylphenol, and their analogs and homologs. Mixtures of two or more such mononuclear phenolic compounds are also suitable.
  • The preferred antioxidants for use in the compositions of this invention are methylene-bridged alkylphenols, and these can be used singly or in combinations with each other, or in combinations with sterically-hindered unbridged phenolic compounds. Illustrative methylene bridged compounds include 4,4'-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-o-cresol), 4,4'-methylenebis-(2-tert-amyl-o-cresol),2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butyl phenol), 4,4'-methylenebis(2,6-di-tert-butylphenol), and similar compounds. Particularly preferred are mixtures of methylene-bridged alkylphenols such as are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,211,652.
  • Amine antioxidants, especially oil-soluble aromatic secondary amines can also be used in the compositions of this invention. Whilst aromatic secondary monoamines are preferred, aromatic secondary polyamines are also suitable. Illustrative aromatic secondary monoamines include diphenylamine, alkyl diphenylamines containing 1 or2 alkyl substituents each having up to about 16 carbon atoms, phenyl-a-naphthylamine, phenyl-(3-naphthylamine, alkyl- or aralkyl-substituted phenyl-a-naphthylamine containing one or two alkyl or aralkyl groups each having up to about 16 carbon atoms, alkyl- or aralkyl-substituted phenyl-ß-naphthylamine containing one or two alkyl or aralkyl groups each having up to about 16 carbon atoms, and similar compounds.
  • A preferred type of aromatic amine antioxidant is an alkylated diphenylamine of the general formula
    Figure imgb0003
    wherein R1 is an alkyl group (preferably a branched alkyl group) having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, (more preferably 8 or 9 carbon atoms) and R2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a branched alkyl group) having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, (more preferably 8 or 9 carbon atoms). Most preferably, R1 and R2 are the same. One such preferred compound is available commercially as Naugalube 438L, a material which is understood to be predominantly a 4,4'-dinonyldiphenylamine (i.e., bis(4-nonylphenyl)amine) wherein the nonyl groups are branched.
  • Another useful type of antioxidant for inclusion in the compositions of this invention is comprised to one or more liquid, partially sulfurized phenolic compounds such as are prepared by reacting sulfur monochloride with a liquid mixture of phenols -- at least about 50 weight percent of which mixture of phenols is composed of one or more reactive, hindered phenols -- in proportions to provide from about 0.3 to about 0.7 gram atoms of sulfur monochloride per mole of reactive, hindered phenol so as to produce a liquid product. Typical phenol mixtures useful in making such liquid product compositions include a mixture containing by weight about 75% of 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol, about 10% of 2-tert-butylphenol, about 13% of 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenol, and about 2% of 2,4-di-tert-butylphenol. The reaction is exothermic and thus is preferably kept within the range of about 15°C to about 70°C, most preferably between about 40°C to about 60°C.
  • Mixtures of different antioxidants can also be used. One suitable mixture is comprised of a combination of (i) an oil-soluble mixture of at least three different sterically-hindered tertiary butylated monohydric phenols which is in the liquid state at25°C, (ii) an oil-soluble mixture of at least three different sterically-hindered tertiary butylated methylene-bridged polyphenols, and (iii) at least one bis(4-alkyl-phenyl)amine wherein the alkyl group is a branched alkyl group having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, the proportions of (i), (ii) and (iii) on a weight basis falling in the range of 3.5 to 5.0 parts of component (i) and 0.9 to 1.2 parts of component (ii) per part by weight of component (iii).
  • The lubricating compositions of this invention preferably contain 0.01 to 1.0% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 0.7% by weight, of one or more sterically-hindered phenolic antioxidants of the types described above. Alternatively or additionally the lubricants of this invention may contain 0.01 to 1.0% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 0.7% by weight of one or more aromatic amine antioxidants of the types described above.
  • Corrosion Inhibitors.
  • It is also preferred pursuant to this invention to employ in the lubricant compositions and additive concentrates a suitable quantity of a corrosion inhibitor. This may be a single compound or a mixture of compounds having the property of inhibiting corrosion of metallic surfaces.
  • One type of such additives are inhibitors of copper corrosion. Such compounds include thiazoles, triazoles and thiadiazoles. Examples of such compounds include benzotriazole, tolyltriazole, octyltriazole, decyltriazole, dodecyltriazole,2-mercaptobenzothiazole,2,5-dimercapto-1,3,4-thiadiazole, 2-mercapto-5-hydrocarbylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazoles, 2-mercapto-5-hydrocarbyidithio-1,3,4-thiadiazoies, 2,5-bis(hydrocarbylthio)-1,3,4-thiadiazoles, and 2,5-(bis)hydrocarbyidithio)-1,3,4-thiadiazoies. The preferred compounds are the 1,3,4-thiadiazoles, a number of which are available as articles of commerce. Such compounds are generally synthesized from hydrazine and carbon disulfide by known procedures. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,765,289; 2,749,311; 2,760,933; 2,850,453; 2,910,439; 3,663,561; 3,862,798; and 3,840,549.
  • Other types of corrosion inhibitors suitable for use in the compositions of this invention include dimer and trimer acids, such as are produced from tall oil fatty acids, oleic acid, linoleic acid, or the like. Products of this type are currently available from various commercial sources, such as, for example, the di mer and trimer acids sold under the HYSTRENE trademark by the Humco Chemical Division of Witco Chemical Corporation and under the EMPOL trademark by Emery Chemicals. Another useful type of corrosion inhibitor for use in the practice of this invention are the alkenyl succinic acid and alkenyl succinic anhydride corrosion inhibitors such as, for example, tetrapropenylsuccinic acid, tetrapropenylsuccinic anhydride, tetradecenylsuccinic acid, tetradecenylsuccinic anhydride, hexadecenylsuccinic acid, hexadecenylsuccinic anhydride, and the like. Also useful are the half esters of alkenyl succinic acids having 8 to 24 carbon atoms in the alkenyl group with alcohols such as the polyglycols. Other suitable corrosion inhibitors include ether amines; acid phosphates; amines; polyethoxylated compounds such as ethoxylated amines, ethoxylated phenols, and ethoxylated alcohols; imidazolines; and the like. Materials of these types are well known to those skilled in the art and a number of such materials are available as articles of commerce.
  • Other useful corrosion inhibitors are aminosuccinic acids or derivatives thereof represented by the formula:
    Figure imgb0004
    wherein each of Rl, R2, R5, R6 and R7 is, independently, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbyl group containing 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and wherein each of R3 and R4 is, independently, a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbyl group containing 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an acyl group containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The groups R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7, when in the form of hydrocarbyl groups, can be, for example, alkyl, cycloalkyl or aromatic containing groups. Preferably R1 and R5 are the same or different straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon radicals containing 1-20 carbon atoms. Most preferably, R1 and R5 are saturated hydrocarbon radicals containing 3-6 carbon atoms. R2, either R3 or R4, R6 and R7, when in the form of hydrocarbyl groups, are preferably the same or different straight- chain or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon radicals. Preferably a dialkyl ester of an aminosuccinic acid is used in which R1 and R5 are the same or different alkyl groups containing 3-6 carbon atoms, R2 is a hydrogen atom, and either R3 or R4 is an alkyl group containing 15-20 carbon atoms or an acyl group which is derived from a saturated or unsaturated carboxylic acid containing 2-10 carbon atoms.
  • Most preferred of the aminosuccinic acid derivatives is a dialkylester of an aminosuccinic acid of the above formula wherein R1 and R5 are isobutyl, R2 is a hydrogen atom, R3 is octadecyl and/or octadecenyl and R4 is 3-carboxy-1-oxo-2-propenyl. In such ester R6 and R7 are most preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • The lubricant compositions of this invention most preferably contain from 0.005 to 0.5% by weight, and especially from 0.01 to 0.2% by weight, of one or more corrosion inhibitors and/or metal deactivators of the type described above.
  • Antifoam Agents.
  • Suitable antifoam agents include silicones and organic polymers such as acrylate polymers. Various antifoam agents are described in Foam Control Agents by H. T. Kerner (Noyes Data Corporation, 1976, pages 125-176), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Mixtures of silicone-type antifoam agents such as the liquid di-alkyl silicone polymers with various other substances are also effective. Typical of such mixtures are silicones mixed with an acrylate polymer, silicones mixed with one or more amines, and silicones mixed with one or more amine carboxylates.
  • Neutral and Low Basicity Metal-Containing Detergents.
  • For some applications such as crankcase lubricants for diesel engines, it is desirable to include in addition to components a) and b) an oil-soluble neutral metal-containing detergent in which the metal is an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal. Combinations of such detergents can also be employed. The neutral detergents of this type are those which contain an essentially stoichiometric equivalent quantity of metal in relation to the amount of acidic moieties present in the detergent. Thus in general, the neutral detergents will have a TBN of up to about 50. If desired, metal-containing detergents having a low basicity, i.e., alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergents having a TBN below 200 can be used as optional components along with components a) and b).
  • The acidic materials utilized in forming such detergents include carboxylic acids, salicylic acids, alkylphenols, sulfonic acids, sulfurized alkylphenols, and the like. Typical detergents of this type and/or methods for their preparation are known and reported in the literature. See for example U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,001,108; 2,081,075; 2,095,538; 2,144,078; 2,163,622; 2,180,697; 2,180,698; 2,180,699; 2,211,972; 2,223,127; 2,228,654; 2,228,661; 2,249,626; 2,252,793; 2,270,183; 2,281,824; 2,289,795; 2,292,205; 2,294,145; 2,321,463; 2,322,307; 2,335,017; 2,336,074; 2,339,692; 2,356,043; 2,360,302; 2,362,291; 2,399,877; 2,399,878; 2,409,687; and 2,416,281. A number of such compounds are available as articles of commerce, such as for example, HiTEC@-614 additive (Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.); Chevron OLOA 246A additive, Chevron OLOA 246B additive, Chevron OLOA 246C additive, Chevron OLOA 246P additive (Chevron Chemical Company); and Witco Calcinate T, Calcinate T-2, and Petronate 25-H (Witco Corporation).
  • Care should be exercised in selecting these supplemental neutral or low basicity metal detergents as at least some of them (e.g., neutral metal sulfonates) can substantially increase wear of metal parts when included in a composition of this invention.
  • Supplemental Antiwear and/or Extreme Pressure Additives.
  • For certain applications such as use as gear oils, the compositions of this invention will preferably contain one or more oil-soluble supplemental antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives. These comprise a number of well known classes of materials including, for example, sulfur-containing additives, esters of boron acids, esters of phosphorus acids, amine salts of phosphorous acids and acid esters, higher carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof, chlorine-containing additives, and the like.
  • Typical sulfur-containing antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives include dihydrocarbyl polysulfides; sulfurized olefins; sulfurized fatty acid esters of both natural (e.g. sperm oil) and synthetic origins; trithiones; thienyl derivatives; sulfurized terpenes; sulfurized oligomers OfC2-C8 monoolefins; xanthates of alkanols and other organo-hydroxy compounds such as phenols; thiocarbamates made from alkyl amines and other organo amines; and sulfurized Diels-Alder adducts such as those disclosed in U.S. reissue patent Re 27,331. Specific examples include sulfurized polyisobutene of Mn 1,100, sulfurized isobutylene, sulfurized triisobutene, dicyclohexyl disulfide, diphenyl and dibenzyl disulfide, di-tert-butyl trisulfide, and dinonyl trisulfide, among others.
  • Esters of boron acids which may be used include borate, metaborate, pyroborate and biborate esters of monohydric and/or polyhydric alcohols and/or phenols, such as trioctyl borate, tridecyl borate, 2-ethylhexyl pyroborate, isoamyl metaborate, trixylyl borate, (butyl)(2,4-hexanediyl)borate, and the like.
  • Typical esters of phosphorus acids which may be used as antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives include trihydrocarbyl phosphites, phosphonates and phosphates, and dihydrocarbyl phosphites; such as tricresyl phosphate, tributyl phosphite, tris(2-chloroethyl)phosphate and phosphite, dibutyl trichloromethyl phosphonates, di(n-butyl)phosphite, triphenyl phosphite, and tolyl phosphinic acid dipropyl ester.
  • Among the amine salts of phosphorus acids and phosphorus acid-esters which can be employed are amine salts of partially esterified phosphoric, phosphorous, phosphonic, and phosphinic acids and their partial or total thio analogs such as partially esterified monothiophosphoric, dithiophosphoric, trithiophosphoric and tetrathiophosphoric acids; amine salts of phosphonic acids and their thio analogs; and the like. Specific examples include the dihexylammonium salt of dodecyl phosphoric acid, the diethyl hexyl ammonium salt of dioctyl dithiophosphoric acid, the octadecylammonium salt of dibutyl thiophosphoric acid, the dilaurylammonium salt of 2-ethyl hexyl phosphoric acid, the dioleyl ammonium salt of butane phosphonic acid, and analogous compounds.
  • Higher carboxylic acids and derivatives which can be used as antiwear and/or extreme pressure additives are illustrated by fatty acids, dimerized and trimerized unsaturated natural acids (e.g., linoleic) and esters, amine, ammonia, and metal (particularly lead) salts thereof, and amides and imidazoline salt and condensation products thereof, oxazolines, and esters of fatty acids, such as ammonium di-(Iinoleic) acid, lard oil, oleic acid, animal glycerides, lead stearate, etc.
  • Suitable chlorine-containing additives include chlorinated waxes of both the paraffinic and microcrystalline type, polyhaloaromatics such as di- and trichlorobenzene, trifluoromethyl naphthalenes, perchlorobenzene, pentachlorophenol and dichloro diphenyl trichloroethane. Also useful are chlorosulfurized olefins and olefinic waxes and sulfurized chlorophenyl methyl chlorides and chloroxanthates. Specific examples include chloro- dibenzyl disulfide,chlorosulfurized polyisobutene of Mn 600, chlorosulfurized pinene and chlorosulfurized lard oil.
  • Supplemental Ashless Dispersants.
  • If desired, the compositions of this invention can include one or more supplemental ashless dispersants in order to supplement the dispersancy contributed by component b). The supplemental ashless dispersant(s) differ from component b) in that the supplemental ashless dispersants are not phosphorylated and boronated in the manner of component b). The supplemental ashless dispersant(s) can, nevertheless, be a phosphorylated or boronated ashless dispersant formed by using procedures of the types described herein for use in forming component b) or by using procedures of the types conventionally employed for producing by conventional technology ashless dispersants containing phosphorus or boron. For example, the supplemental ashless dispersant can be a basic nitrogen-containing or hydroxyl-containing ashless dispersant which has been heated with either one or more inorganic or one or more organic phosphorus compounds, or a combination of one or more inorganic and one or more organic phosphorus compounds.
  • Thus, the supplemental ashless dispersant(s) which may be used in the compositions of this invention can be any of the basic nitrogen-containing or hydroxyl group-containing ashless dispersants of the type referred to hereinabove in connection with the preparation of component b). Use can therefore be made of any of the carboxylic dispersants and/or any of the hydrocarbyl polyamine dispersants and/or any of the Mannich polyamine dispersants and/or any of the polymeric polyamine dispersants referred to hereinabove. Other ashless dispersants which can be included in the compositions of this invention are imidazoline dispersants which can be represented by the formula:
    Figure imgb0005
    wherein R1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, e.g. an alkyl or alkenyl group having 7 to 22 carbon atoms, and R2 represents a hydrogen atoms or a hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or an aminoalkyl, acylaminoalkyl or hydroxyalkyl radical having 2 to 50 carbon atoms. Such long-chain alkyl (or long-chain alkenyl) imidazoline compounds may be made by reaction of a corresponding long-chain fatty acid (of formula Ri-COOH), for example oleic acid, with an appropriate polyamine. The imidazoline formed is then ordinarily called, for example, oleylimidazoline where the radical R1 represents the oleyl residue of oleic acid. Other suitable alkyl substituents in the 2- position of these imidazolines include undecyl, heptadecyl, lauryl and erucyl. Suitable N-substituents of the imidazolines (i.e. radicals R2) include hydrocarbyl groups, hydroxyalkyl groups, aminoalkyl groups, and acylaminoalkyl groups. Examples of these various groups include methyl, butyl, decyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, tolyl, hydroxyethyl, aminoethyl, oleylaminoethyl and stearylami- noethyl.
  • Another class of ashless dispersant which can be incorporated in the compositions of this invention are the products of reaction of an ethoxylated amine made by reaction of ammonia with ethylene oxide with a carboxylic acid of 8 to 30 carbon atoms. The ethoxylated amine may be, for example, mono-, di- or tri-ethanolamine or a polyethoxylated derivative thereof, and the carboxylic acid may be, for example, a straight or branched chain fatty acid of 10 to 22 carbon atoms, a naphthenic acid, a resinic acid or an alkyl aryl carboxylic acid.
  • Still another type of ashless dispersants which can be used in the practice of this invention are the a-olefin-maleimide copolymers such as are described in U. S. Pat. No. 3,909,215. Such copolymers are alternating copolymers of N-substituted maleimides and aliphatic α-olefins of from 8 to 30 carbon atoms. The copolymers may have an average of 4 to 20 maleimide groups per molecule. The substituents on the nitrogen of the maleimide may be the same or different and are organic radicals composed essentially of carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen having a total of 3 to 60 carbon atoms. A commercially available material which is highly suitable for use in this invention is Chevron OFA 425B, and this material is believed to be or comprise an a-olefin maleimide copolymer of the type described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,909,215.
  • The above and many other types of ashless dispersants can be utilized either singly or in combination in the compositions of this invention, provided of course that they are compatible with the other additive components being employed and are suitably soluble in the base oil selected for use.
  • Pour Point Depressants.
  • Another useful type of additive included in compositions of this invention is one or more pour point depressants. The use of pour point depressants in oil-base compositions to improve the low temperature properties of the compositions is well known to the art. See, for example, the books Lubricant Additives by C. V. Smalheerand R. Kennedy Smith (Lezius-Hiles Co. Publishers, Cleveland, Ohio, 1967); Gear and Transmission Lubricants by C. T. Boner (Reinhold Publishing Corp., New York, 1964); and Lubricant Additives by M. W. Ran- ney (Noyes Data Corporation, New Jersey, 1973). Among the types of compounds which function satisfactorily as pour point depressants in the compositions of this invention are polymethacrylates, polyacrylates, condensation products of haloparaffin waxes and aromatic compounds, and vinyl carboxylate polymers. Also useful as pour point depressants are terpolymers made by polymerizing a dialkyl fumurate, vinyl ester of a fatty acid and a vinyl alkyl ether. Techniques for preparing such polymers and their uses are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,250,715. Generally, when they are present in the compositions of this invention, the pour point depressants are present in the amount of 0.01 to 5, and preferably 0.01 to 1, weight percent of the total composition.
  • Viscosity Index Improvers.
  • Depending upon the viscosity grade required, the lubricant compositions can contain up to 15 weight percent of one or more viscosity index improvers (excluding the weight of solvent or carrier fluid with which viscosity index improvers are often associated as supplied). Among the numerous types of materials known for such use are hydrocarbon polymers grafted with, for example, nitrogen-containing polymers, olefin polymers such as polybutene, ethylene-propylene copolymers, hydrogenated polymers and copolymers and terprlymers of styrene with isoprene and/or butadiene, polymers of alkyl acrylates or alkyl methacrylates, copolymers of alkyl methacrylates with N-vinyl pyrrolidone or dimethylaminoalkyl methacrylate; post-grafted polymers of ethylene-propylene with an active monomer such as maleic anhydride which may be further reacted with an alcohol or an alkylene polyamine; styrene/maleic anhydride polymers post-treated with alcohols and/or amines, and the like.
  • Dispersant viscosity index improvers, which combine the activity of dispersants and viscosity index improvers, suitable for use in the compositions of this invention are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,702,300; 4,068,056; 4,068,058; 4,089,794; 4,137,185; 4,146,489; 4,149,984; 4,160,739; and 4,519,929.
  • Friction Modifiers.
  • These materials, sometimes known as fuel economy additives, include such substances as the alkyl phosphonates as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,356,097, aliphatic hydrocarbyl-substituted succinimides derived from ammonia or alkyl monoamines as disclosed in European Patent Publication No. 20037, dimer acid esters as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,105,571, oleamide, and the like. Such additives, when used are generally present in amounts of 0.1 to 5 weight percent. Glycerol oleates are another example of fuel economy additives and these are usually present in very small amounts, such as 0.05 to 0.2 weight percent based on the weight of the formulated oil.
  • Other suitable friction modifiers include aliphatic amines or ethoxylated aliphatic amines, aliphatic fatty acid amides, aliphatic carboxylic acids, aliphatic carboxylic esters, aliphatic carboxylic ester-amides, aliphatic phosphates, aliphatic thiophosphonates, aliphatic thiophosphates, etc., wherein the aliphatic group usually contains above about eight carbon atoms so as to render the compound suitably oil soluble.
  • A desirable friction modifier additive combination which may be used in the practice of this invention is described in European Patent Publication No. 389,237. This combination involves use of a long chain succinimide derivative and a long chain amide.
  • Seal Swell Agents.
  • Additives may be introduced into the compositions of this invention in order to improve the seal performance (elastomer compatibility) of the compositions. Known materials of this type include dialkyl diesters such as dioctyl sebacate, aromatic hydrocarbons of suitable viscosity such as Panasol AN-3N, products such as Lubrizol 730, polyol esters such as Emery 2935, 2936, and 2939 esters from the Emery Group of Henkel Corporation and Hatcoi 2352,2962,2925,2938,2939,2970,3178, and 4322 polyol esters from Hatco Corporation. Generally speaking the most suitable diesters include the adipates, azelates, and sebacates of Cg-Ci3 alkanols (or mixtures thereof), and the phthalates of C4-C13 alkanols (or mixtures thereof). Mixtures of two or more different types of diesters (e.g., dialkyl adipates and dialkyl azelates, etc.) can also be used. Examples of such materials include the n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, isodecyl, and tridecyl di-esters of adipic acid, azelaic acid, and sebacic acid, and the n-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, and tridecyl diesters of phthalic acid.
  • Base Oils.
  • The additive combinations of this invention can be incorporated in a wide variety of lubricants and functional fluids in effective amounts to provide suitable active ingredient concentrations. The base oils not only can be hydrocarbon oils of lubricating viscosity derived from petroleum (or tar sands, coal, shale, etc.), but also can be natural oils of suitable viscosities such as rapeseed oil, etc., and synthetic oils such as hydrogenated polyolefin oils; poly-a-olefins (e.g., hydrogenated or unhydrogenated α-olefin oligomers such as hydrogenated poly-1-decene); alkyl esters of dicarboxylic acids; complex esters of dicarboxylic acid, polyglycol and alcohol; alkyl esters of carbonic or phosphoric acids; polysilicones; fluorohydrocarbon oils; and mixtures of mineral, natural and/or synthetic oils in any proportion, etc. The term "base oil" for this disclosure includes all the foregoing.
  • The additive combinations of this invention can thus be used in lubricating oil and functional fluid compositions, such as automotive crankcase lubricating oils, automatic transmission fluids, gear oils, hydraulic oils, cutting oils, etc., in which the base oil of lubricating viscosity is a mineral oil, a synthetic oil, a natural oil such as a vegetable oil, or a mixture thereof, e.g. a mixture of a mineral oil and a synthetic oil.
  • Suitable mineral oils include those of appropriate viscosity refined from crude oil of any source including Gulf Coast, Midcontinent, Pennsylvania, California, Alaska, Middle East, North Sea and the like. Standard refinery operations may be used in processing the mineral oil. Among the general types of petroleum oils useful in the compositions of this invention are solvent neutrals, bright stocks, cylinder stocks, residual oils, hydrocracked base stocks, paraffin oils including pale oils, and solvent extracted naphthenic oils. Such oils and blends of them are produced by a number of conventional techniques which are widely known by those skilled in the art.
  • As is noted above, the base oil can consist essentially of or comprise a portion of one or more synthetic oils. Among the suitable synthetic oils are homo- and inter-polymers of C2-C12 olefins, carboxylic acid esters of both monoalcohols and polyols, polyethers, silicones, polyglycols, silicates, alkylated aromatics, carbonates, thiocarbonates, orthoformates, phosphates and phosphites, borates and halogenated hydrocarbons. Representative of such oils are homo- and interpolymers of C2-C12 monoolefinic hydrocarbons, alkylated benzenes (e.g., dodecyl benzenes, didodecyl benzenes, tetradecyl benzenes, dinonyl benzenes, di-(2-ethylhexyl)benzenes, wax-alkylated naphthalenes); and polyphenyls (e.g., biphenyls, terphenyls).
  • Alkylene oxide polymers and interpolymers and derivatives thereof where the terminal hydroxyl groups have been modified by esterification, etherification, etc., constitute another class of synthetic oils. These are exemplified by the oi Is prepared through polymerization of alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, and the alkyl and aryl ethers of these polyoxyalkylene polymers (e.g., methyl polyisopropylene glycol ether having an average molecular weight of 1,000, diphenyl ether of polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of 500-1,000, diethyl ether of polypropylene glycol having a molecular weight of 1,000-1,500) or mono-and poly-carboxylic esters thereof, for example, the acetic acid ester, mixed C3-C6 fatty acid esters, or the C13 Oxo acid diester of tetraethylene glycol.
  • Another suitable class of synthetic oils comprises the esters of dicarboxylic acids (e.g., phthalic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, azelaic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, adipic acid, linoleic acid dimer) with a variety of alcohols (e.g., butyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, dodecyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, ethylene glycol). Specific examples of these esters include dibutyl adipate, di(2-ethylhexyl)adipate, didodecyl adipate, di(2-ethylhexyl)sebacate, dilauryl sebacate, di-n-hexyl fumarate, dioctyl sebacate, diisooctyl azelate, diisodecyl azelate, dioctyl phthalate, didecyl phthalate, di(eicosyl)sebacate, the 2-ethylhexyl diester of linoleic acid dimer, and the complex ester formed by reacting one mole of sebacic acid with two moles of tetraethylene glycol and two moles of 2-ethylhexanoic acid.
  • Esters which may be used as synthetic oils also include those made from C3-C12 monocarboxylic acids and polyols and polyol ethers such as neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol and dipentaerythritol. Trimethylol propane tripelargonate and pentaerythritol tetracaproate serve as examples.
  • Silicon-based oils such as the polyalkyl-, polyaryl-, polyalkoxy-, or polyaryloxy-siloxane oils and silicate oils comprise another class of synthetic lubricants (e.g., tetraethyl silicate, tetraisopropyl silicate, tetra-(2-ethylhexyl) silicate, tetra-(p-tert-butylphenyl)silicate, poly(methyl)siloxanes, and poly(methylphenyl)siloxanes. Other synthetic lubricating oils include liquid esters of phosphorus-containing acids (e.g., tricresyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphite, and diethyl ester of decane phosphonic acid.
  • Also useful as base oils or as components of base oils are hydrogenated or unhydrogenated liquid oligomers of C6-Cl6 alpha-olefins, such as hydrogenated or unhydrogenated oligomers formed from 1-decene. Methods for the production of such liquid oligomeric 1-alkene hydrocarbons are known and reported in the literature. See for example U. S. Pat. Nos. 3,749,560; 3,763,244; 3,780,128; 4,172,855; 4,218,330; and 4,950,822. Additionally, hydrogenated 1-alkene oligomers of this type are available as articles of commerce, for example, under the trade designations ETHYLFLO 162, ETHYLFLO 164, ETHYLFLO 166, ETHYLFLO 168, ETHYLFLO 170, ETHYLFLO 174, and ETHYLFLO 180 poly-a-olefin oils (Ethyl Corporation; Ethyl S.A.; Ethyl Canada Limited). Blends of such materials can also be used in order to adjust the viscometrics of the given base oil. Suitable 1-alkene oligomers are also available from other suppliers. As is well known, hydrogenated oligomers of this type contain little, if any, residual ethylenic unsaturation.
  • Preferred oligomers are formed by use of a Friedel-Crafts catalyst (especially boron trifluoride promoted with water or a C1-20 alkanol) followed by catalytic hydrogenation of the oligomer so formed using procedures such as are described in the foregoing U. S. patents.
  • Other catalyst systems which can be used to form oligomers of 1-alkene hydrocarbons, which, on hydrogenation, provide suitable oleaginous liquids include Ziegler catalysts such as ethyl aluminum sesquichloride with titanium tetrachloride, aluminum alkyl catalysts, chromium oxide catalysts on silica or alumina supports and a system in which a boron trifluoride catalyst oligomerization is followed by treatment with an organic peroxide.
  • It is also possible in accordance with this invention to utilize blends of one or more liquid hydrogenated 1- alkene oligomers in combination with other oleaginous materials having suitable viscosities, provided that the resultant blend has suitable compatibility and possesses the physical properties desired.
  • Typical natural oils that may be used as base oils or as components of the base oils include castor oil, olive oil, peanut oil, rapeseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, hemp oil, linseed oil, tung oil, oiticica oil, jojoba oil, and the like. Such oils may be partially orfully hydrogenated, if desired.
  • The fact that the base oils used in the compositions of this invention may be composed of (i) one or more mineral oils, (ii) one or more synthetic oils, (iii) one or more natural oils, or (iv) a blend of (i) and (ii), or (i) and (iii), or (ii) and (iii), or (i), (ii) and (iii) does not mean that these various types of oils are necessarily equivalents of each other. Certain types of base oils may be used in certain compositions for the specific properties they possess such as high temperature stability, non-flammability or lack of corrosivity towards specific metals (e.g. silver or cadmium). In other compositions, other types of base oils may be preferred for reasons of availability or low cost. Thus, the skilled artisan will recognize that while the various types of base oils discussed above may be used in the compositions of this invention, they are not necessarily functional equivalents of each other in every instance.
  • Proportions and Concentrations
  • In general, the components of the additive compositions of this invention are employed in the oleaginous liquids (e.g., lubricating oils and functional fluids) in minor amounts sufficient to improve the performance characteristics and properties of the base oil orfluid. The amounts will thus vary in accordance with such factors as the viscosity characteristics of the base oil or fluid employed, the viscosity characteristics desired in the finished product, the service conditions for which the finished product is intended, and the performance characteristics desired in the finished product. However, generally speaking, the following concentrations (weight percent) of the components (active ingredients) in the base oils or fluids are illustrative:
    Figure imgb0006
  • The concentrations (weight percent of active ingredient) of typical optional ingredients in the oleaginous liquid compositions of this invention are generally as follows:
    Figure imgb0007
  • It will be appreciated that the individual components a) and b), and also any and all auxiliary components employed, can be separately blended into the base oil or fluid or can be blended therein in various subcombinations, if desired. Moreover, such components can be blended in the form of separate solutions in a diluent. Except for viscosity index improvers and/or pour point depressants (which are usually blended apart from other components), it is preferable to blend the components used in the form of an additive concentrate of this invention, as this simplifies the blending operations, reduces the likelihood of blending errors, and takes advantage of the compatibility and solubility characteristics afforded by the overall concentrate.
  • The additive concentrates of this invention will contain components a) and b) in amounts proportioned to yield finished oil or fluid blends consistent with the concentrations tabulated above. In most cases, the additive concentrate will contain one or more diluents such as light mineral oils, to facilitate handling and blending of the concentrate. Thus concentrates containing up to 50% by weight of one or more diluents or solvents can be used.
  • The oleaginous liquids provided by this invention can be used in a variety of applications. For example, they can be employed as crankcase lubricants, gear oils, hydraulic fluids, manual transmission fluids, automatic transmission fluids, cutting and machining fluids, brake fluids, shock absorber fluids, heat transferfluids, quenching oils, transformer oils, and the like. The compositions are particularly suitable for use as crankcase lubricants for spark ignition (gasoline) engines, and compression ignition (diesel) engines.
  • Blending
  • The formulation or blending operations are relatively simple and involve mixing together in a suitable container or vessel, using a dry, inert atmosphere where necessary or desirable, appropriate proportions of the selected ingredients. Those skilled in the art are cognizant of and familiar with the procedures suitable for formulating and blending additive concentrates and lubricant compositions. Usually the order of addition of components to the blending tank or vessel is not critical provided of course, that the components being blended at any given time are not incompatible with each other. Agitation such as with mechanical stirring equipment is desirable to facilitate the blending operation. Frequently it is helpful to apply sufficient heat to the blending vessel during or after the introduction of the ingredients thereto, so as to maintain the temperature at, say, 40-60°C. Similarly, it is sometimes helpful to preheat highly viscous components to a suitable temperature even before they are introduced into the blending vessel in order to render them more fluid and thereby facilitate their introduction into the blending vessel and render the resultant mixture easier to stir or blend. Naturally the temperatures used during the blending operations should be controlled so as not to cause any significant amount of thermal degradation or unwanted chemical interactions.
  • When forming the lubricant compositions of this invention, it is usually desirable to introduce the additive ingredients into the base oil with stirring and application of mildly elevated temperatures, as this facilitates the dissolution of the components in the oil and achievement of product uniformity.
  • The practice and advantages of this invention are still further illustrated by the following examples in which all parts and percentages are by weight unless otherwise specifically indicated. In these examples, the weights of the various ingredients are on an "as received" basis -- i.e., the weights include solvents or diluents which are in the products as supplied.
  • EXAMPLE 1
  • A crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.11% phosphorus and 0.02% boron is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0008
    Figure imgb0009
  • EXAMPLE 2
  • Using the same ingredients as in Example 1 except where otherwise indicated, a crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.13% phosphorus and 0.01 % boron is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0010
    Figure imgb0011
  • EXAMPLE 3
  • The procedure of Example 2 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example A-45 and is employed at a concentration of 2.970%. The amount of the base oil is thus 82.886%.
  • EXAMPLE 4
  • Using the same ingredients as in Example 1 except where otherwise indicated, a crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0012
    Figure imgb0013
  • EXAMPLE 5
  • Using the same ingredients as in Example 4 except where otherwise indicated, a crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0014
  • EXAMPLE 6
  • The procedures of Examples 4 and 5 are repeated except that in each case the sulfurized fatty ester is eliminated and replaced by a corresponding amount of process oil.
  • EXAMPLE 7
  • The procedure of Example 4 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
    Figure imgb0015
  • EXAMPLE 8
  • The procedure of Example 5 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
    Figure imgb0016
  • EXAMPLE 9
  • The procedures of Examples 7 and 8 are repeated except that in each case the sulfurized fatty ester is eliminated and replaced by a corresponding amount of process oil.
  • EXAMPLE 10
  • A synthetic lubricant of this invention is formed by blending together the following components in the amounts specified:
    Figure imgb0017
  • EXAMPLE 11
  • The procedure of Example 10 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example A-45 and is employed at a concentration of 5.940%, and the amount of process oil used is 1.560%.
  • EXAMPLE 12
  • The procedure of Example 10 is repeated using the same ingredients except as otherwise specified:
    Figure imgb0018
  • EXAMPLE 13
  • The procedure of Example 12 is repeated using the same ingredients except where otherwise specified:
    Figure imgb0019
  • EXAMPLE 14
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 1:
    Figure imgb0020
  • EXAMPLE 15
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 3:
    Figure imgb0021
  • EXAMPLE 16
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 4:
    Figure imgb0022
  • EXAMPLE 17
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 5:
    Figure imgb0023
  • EXAMPLE 18
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 4:
    Figure imgb0024
  • EXAMPLE 19
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 7:
    Figure imgb0025
  • EXAMPLE 20
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 8:
    Figure imgb0026
    Figure imgb0027
  • EXAMPLE 21
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0028
  • Alubricantcomposition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and a viscosity index improver in a base oil as follows:
    Figure imgb0029
  • EXAMPLE 22
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the components as identified in Example 21 in the following proportions:
    Figure imgb0030
  • A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and the viscosity index improver of Example 21 in a base oil composed of 63.2% Petro Canada 160 neutral oil and 15.8% Petro Canada 650 neutral oil as follows:
    Figure imgb0031
  • EXAMPLE 23
  • An oleaginous composition is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0032
  • EXAMPLE 24
  • A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0033
  • EXAMPLE 25
  • The procedure of Example 24 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The oil contains 0.310% of neutral calcium sulfonate (HiTEC® 614; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.) and 0.280% of nonylphenol sulfide; and
    • 2) The base oil is a blend of 60.805% of Turbine 5 oil, 20.551% of MCT-10 oil and 7.000% of polymethyl methacrylate viscosity index improver (Acryloid 953; Rohm & Haas Company).
    EXAMPLE 26
  • The procedure of Example 25 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The neutral calcium sulfonate is omitted; and
    • 2) The base oil is a blend of 61.037% Turbine 5 oil and 20.629% MCT-10 oil.
    EXAMPLE 27
  • A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0034
  • EXAMPLE 28
  • The procedure of Example 27 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The oil contains 0.310% of neutral calcium sulfonate (HiTEC® 614 additive; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.); and
    • 2) The base oil is a blend of 62.057% of Turbine 5 oil and 20.974% MCT-10 oil.
    EXAMPLE 29
  • The procedure of Example 28 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The oil contains 0.100% of Ethomeen T-12 and 0. 050% of Pluradyne FL 5151;
    • 2) The neutral calcium sulfonate is omitted; and
    • 3) The base oil is a blend of 62.177% Turbine 5 oil and 21.014% MCT-10 oil.
    EXAMPLE 30
  • A crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.11% phosphorus and 0.02% boron is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0035
  • EXAMPLE 31
  • Using the same ingredients as in Example 30 except where otherwise indicated, a crankcase lubricating oil of this invention containing 0.13% phosphorus and 0.01 % boron is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0036
    Figure imgb0037
  • EXAMPLE 32
  • The procedure of Example 31 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example B-45 and is employed at a concentration of 2.970%. The amount of the base oil is thus 82.886%.
  • EXAMPLE 33
  • Using the same ingredients as in Example 30 except where otherwise indicated, a crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0038
    Figure imgb0039
  • EXAMPLE 34
  • Using the same ingredients as in Example 33 except where otherwise indicated, a crankcase lubricating oil of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0040
  • EXAMPLE 35
  • The procedures of Examples 33 and 34 are repeated except that in each case the sulfurized fatty ester is eliminated and replaced by a corresponding amount of process oil.
  • EXAMPLE 36
  • The procedure of Example 33 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
    Figure imgb0041
  • EXAMPLE 37
  • The procedure of Example 34 is repeated using the same ingredients as therein specified except where otherwise indicated below:
    Figure imgb0042
  • EXAMPLE 38
  • The procedures of Examples 36 and 37 are repeated except that in each case the sulfurized fatty ester is eliminated and replaced by a corresponding amount of process oil.
  • EXAMPLE 39
  • A synthetic lubricant of this invention is formed by blending together the following components in the amounts specified:
    Figure imgb0043
  • EXAMPLE 40
  • The procedure of Example 39 is repeated except that component b) is prepared as in Example B-45 and is employed at a concentration of 5.940%, and the amount of process oil used is 1.060%.
  • EXAMPLE 41
  • The procedure of Example 39 is repeated using the same ingredients except as otherwise specified:
    Figure imgb0044
  • EXAMPLE 42
  • The procedure of Example 41 is repeated using the same ingredients except where otherwise specified:
    Figure imgb0045
  • EXAMPLE 43
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 30:
    Figure imgb0046
  • EXAMPLE 44
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 32:
    Figure imgb0047
  • EXAMPLE 45
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 33:
    Figure imgb0048
  • EXAMPLE 46
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 34:
    Figure imgb0049
  • EXAMPLE 47
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 33:
    Figure imgb0050
  • EXAMPLE 48
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 36:
    Figure imgb0051
  • EXAMPLE 49
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components as identified in Example 37:
    Figure imgb0052
  • EXAMPLE 50
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0053
  • A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and a viscosity index improver in a base oil as follows:
    Figure imgb0054
  • EXAMPLE 51
  • An additive concentrate of this invention is formed by blending together the components as identified in Example 50 in the following proportions:
    Figure imgb0055
    A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending the above concentrate and the viscosity index improver of Example 50 in a base oil composed of 63.2% Petro Canada 160 neutral oil and 15.8% Petro Canada 650 neutral oil as follows:
    Figure imgb0056
  • EXAMPLE 52
  • An oleaginous composition is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0057
  • EXAMPLE 53
  • A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0058
  • EXAMPLE 54
  • The procedure of Example 53 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The oil contains 0.310% of neutral calcium sulfonate (HiTEC® 614; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.) and 0.280% of nonylphenol sulfide; and
    • 2) The base oil is a blend of 60.805% of Turbine 5 oil, 20.551% of MCT-10 oil and 7.000% of polymethyl methacrylate viscosity index improver (Acryloid 953; Rohm & Haas Company).
    EXAMPLE 55
  • The procedure of Example 54 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The neutral calcium sulfonate is omitted; and
    • 2) The base oil is a blend of 61.037% Turbine 5 oil and 20.629% MCT-10 oil.
    EXAMPLE 56
  • A lubricant composition of this invention is formed by blending together the following components:
    Figure imgb0059
  • EXAMPLE 57
  • The procedure of Example 56 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The oil contains 0.310% of neutral calcium sulfonate (HiTEC® 614 additive; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc.; Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Ltd.); and
    • 2) The base oil is a blend of 62.057% of Turbine 5 oil and 20.974% MCT-10 oil.
    EXAMPLE 58
  • The procedure of Example 57 is repeated using the same components and amounts with the following exceptions:
    • 1) The oil contains 0.100% of Ethomeen T-12 and 0. 050% of Pluradyne FL 5151;
    • 2) The neutral calcium sulfonate is omitted; and
    • 3) The base oil is a blend of 62.177% Turbine 5 oil and 21.014% MCT-10 oil.
  • Lubricant compositions prepared as in Examples 24 through 29 were subjected to the Toyota 3AU Valve Train Wear Test, a motored engine test simulating cold start cranking of an engine. The procedure is designed to evaluate cam follower wear -- wear based mainly on scuffing. The amount of camshaft lobe wear and the rocker arm demerit ratings so obtained were as follows:
    Figure imgb0060
  • In U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,004 it is pointed out that to achieve improved dispersancy properties it is necessary to have a molar ratio of succinic groups to alkenyl groups (sometimes referred to as the "succination ratio") of at least 1.4 when using succinimides made from polyamines such as tetraethylene pentamine and polyisobutenyl succinic anhydrides having number average molecular weights in the range of 600 to 1,300. For example the patent shows in its Tables 3 and 4 that with succinimide derived from polyisobutylene of number average molecular weight of 950, maleic anhydride and tetraethylene pentamine, products having a succination ratio of 1.0 gave inferior results on dispersancy and varnish formation than corresponding succinimides in which the succination ratio was 1.8. Yet, a boronated and phosphorylated polyisobutenyl succinimide with a succination ratio of about 1.15 made from polyisobutene of number average molecular weight of about 900, can give good results both on dispersancy and on wear prevention.
  • As used in the foregoing description, the term "oil-soluble" is used in the sense that the component in question has sufficient solubility in the selected base oil in order to dissolve therein at ordinary temperatures to a concentration at least equivalent to the minimum concentration specified herein for use of such component. Preferably, however, the solubility of such component in the selected base oil will be in excess of such minimum concentration, although there is no requirement that the component be soluble in the base oil in all proportions. As is well known to those skilled in the art, certain useful additives do not completely dissolve in base oils but rather are used in the form of stable suspensions or dispersions. Additives of this type can be employed in the compositions of this invention, provided they do not significantly interfere with the performance or usefulness of the composition in which they are employed.

Claims (19)

1. A lubricant or functional fluid composition or an additive concentrate composition which comprises at least one oil of lubricating viscosity and at least the following components:
a) at least one oil-soluble overbased alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergent having a TBN of at least 200; and
b) one or more oil-soluble phosphorus- and boron-containing liquid additive compositions formed by heating concurrently, or in any sequence, at least one ashless dispersant which contains basic nitrogen and/or at least one hydroxyl group with
(i) at least one inorganic phosphorus acid or anhydride, or at least one partial or total sulfur analog thereof, or any combination of the foregoing, or
(ii) at least one water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus compound and water, and
(iii) at least one boron compound;

and from which excessive water, if present, has been removed at least during or after heating with (ii), if used; components (a) and (b) being proportioned such that the weight ratio of metal in the form of component (a) to phosphorus in the form of component (b) falls in the range of 0.15:1 to 10:1.
2. A composition as claimed in claim 1 wherein component (a) is comprised of at least one oil-soluble alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing sulfonate having a TBN of at least 300.
3. Acomposition as claimed in claim 1 wherein component (a) consists essentially of at least one oil-soluble overbased alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergent having a TBN of at least 300 and in which the metal is selected from lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium.
4. A composition as claimed in any of Claims 1 through 3 wherein component b) is further characterized in that said at least one ashless dispersant used in forming said phosphorus- and boron-containing liquid composition consists essentially of (1) at least one hydrocarbyl succinamide, or (2) at least one hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic ester-amide, or (3) at least one hydroxyester of hydrocarbyl succinic acid, or (4) at least one Mannich condensation product of hydrocarbyl-substituted phenol, formaldehyde and polyamine, or (5) at least one hydrocarbyl succinimide, or any combination of any two, or any three, or any four, or all five (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5).
5. Acomposition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 4 wherein component b) is further characterized in that said at least one ashless dispersant used in forming said phosphorus- and boron-containing liquid composition consists essentially of at least one acyclic hydrocarbyl-substituted succinimide of a mixture of ethylene polyamines having an approximate overall composition falling in the range corresponding to diethylene triamine to pentaethylene hexamine.
6. Acomposition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 5 wherein component b) is further characterized in that said at least one ashless dispersant used in forming said phosphorus- and boron-containing liquid composition consists essentially of at least one acyclic hydrocarbyl-substituted succinimide ashless dispersant having a succination ratio of 1:1 to about 1.3:1.
7. Acomposition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 6 wherein component b) is further characterized in that said at least one ashless dispersant used in forming said phosphorus- and boron-containing liquid composition is comprised of at least one substituted succinimide in which the substituent is derived from a polyolefin having a number average molecular weight in the range of 500 to 5,000.
8. Acomposition as claimed in Claim 7 wherein said substituent is derived from polyisobutene having a number average molecular weight in the range of 700 to 2,500.
9. A lubricant or functional fluid composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 8 further characterized by having a TBN of at least 4.
10. A lubricant or functional fluid composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 9 further characterized by containing an amount of components a) and b) in the range of about 1.5% to about 11% by weight based on the total weight of the lubricant or functional fluid composition.
11. A lubricant or functional fluid composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 10 wherein the total halogen content, if any, of the composition does not exceed 100 ppm.
12. A composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 11 further comprising at least one oil-soluble anti-oxidant and at least one corrosion inhibitor.
13. A composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 12 further characterized in that said composition is devoid of any added component containing a metal other than one or more alkali metal-containing or alkaline earth metal-containing additive components.
14. A composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 13 wherein component b) is formed by heating (i) and (iii) thereof with said ashless dispersant, concurrently or sequentially in any order.
15. A composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 13 wherein component b) is formed by heating (i) and (iii) thereof with said ashless dispersant, concurrently or sequentially in any order; and wherein (i) is phosphorous acid, H3PO3.
16. The method of reducing scuffing wear in an internal combustion engine which comprises providing as the crankcase lubricant for the engine, a lubricant composition in accordance with any of Claims 1 through 15 and operating said engine on a discontinuous basis such that the engine is started by cranking from time to time.
17. The use of a lubricant or functional fluid composition in accordance with any of claims 1 through 15 for lubricating mechanical mechanism in which an elastomeric material is in periodic or continuous contact with said lubricant or functional fluid.
18. Use according to claim 17 wherein the elastomeric material comprises a fluoroelastomer or a silicon-containing elastomer.
19. A method of preparing a lubricant or functional fluid additive composition which comprises:
1) heating at least one basic nitrogen-containing or hydroxyl-containing ashless dispersant concurrently or in any sequence with (i) at least one inorganic phosphorus acid or anhydride, or at least one partial or total sulfur analog thereof, or any combination of the foregoing; or (ii) at least one water-hydrolyzable organic phosphorus-containing compound and water; and (iii) at least one boron compound, and
2) forming a homogenous blend comprising the liquid composition so obtained and at least one oil-soluble overbased alkali or alkaline earth metal-containing detergent having a TBN of at least 200 in proportions such that the weight ratio of metal in the form of said detergent to phosphorus in the form of said liquid composition falls in the range of 0.15:1 to 10:1.
EP91311701A 1990-12-21 1991-12-17 Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof Expired - Lifetime EP0492934B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US633404 1984-07-23
US63340490A 1990-12-21 1990-12-21
US63212590A 1990-12-21 1990-12-21
US632125 1990-12-21

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP0492934A1 EP0492934A1 (en) 1992-07-01
EP0492934B1 true EP0492934B1 (en) 1994-08-10

Family

ID=27091549

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP91311701A Expired - Lifetime EP0492934B1 (en) 1990-12-21 1991-12-17 Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0492934B1 (en)
JP (1) JP3100087B2 (en)
AU (1) AU655785B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2056320C (en)
DE (1) DE69103390D1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6121209A (en) * 1994-12-09 2000-09-19 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Synergistic antioxidant systems

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2076140C (en) * 1991-08-21 2002-02-26 Andrew G. Papay Oil additive concentrates and lubricants of enhanced performance capabilities
DE69617761T2 (en) * 1995-02-01 2002-08-08 The Lubrizol Corp., Wickliffe Lubricant composition with low ash content
JP4734117B2 (en) * 2003-10-09 2011-07-27 出光興産株式会社 Lubricating oil additive and lubricating oil composition
JP2005220197A (en) * 2004-02-04 2005-08-18 Nippon Oil Corp Lubricating oil composition to be brought into contact with lead-containing metal material
JP5820558B2 (en) * 2006-11-10 2015-11-24 昭和シェル石油株式会社 Lubricating oil composition

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3950341A (en) * 1973-04-12 1976-04-13 Toa Nenryo Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Reaction product of a polyalkenyl succinic acid or its anhydride, a hindered alcohol and an amine
GB8602627D0 (en) * 1986-02-04 1986-03-12 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Marine lubricating composition
US4698169A (en) * 1986-05-01 1987-10-06 Mobil Oil Corporation Reaction products of alkenylsuccinic compounds with aromatic amines and lubricant compositions thereof
GB8628523D0 (en) * 1986-11-28 1987-01-07 Shell Int Research Lubricating composition
GB8722323D0 (en) * 1987-09-22 1987-10-28 Shell Int Research Lubricating oil composition
US5164103A (en) * 1988-03-14 1992-11-17 Ethyl Petroleum Additives, Inc. Preconditioned atf fluids and their preparation
US4857214A (en) * 1988-09-16 1989-08-15 Ethylk Petroleum Additives, Inc. Oil-soluble phosphorus antiwear additives for lubricants

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6121209A (en) * 1994-12-09 2000-09-19 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Synergistic antioxidant systems

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE69103390D1 (en) 1994-09-15
AU655785B2 (en) 1995-01-12
JPH0598282A (en) 1993-04-20
JP3100087B2 (en) 2000-10-16
CA2056320A1 (en) 1992-06-22
AU8821291A (en) 1992-06-25
CA2056320C (en) 2002-03-12
EP0492934A1 (en) 1992-07-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5652201A (en) Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof
EP0519760B1 (en) Oil additive concentrates and lubricants of enhanced performance capabilities
CA2076140C (en) Oil additive concentrates and lubricants of enhanced performance capabilities
EP1907517B1 (en) Amine tungstates and diarylamines in lubricant compositions
EP0466870B1 (en) Universal driveline fluide
US5498355A (en) Lubricant compositions of enhanced performance capabilities
EP3072948B1 (en) Lubricating oil compositions for construction machines
US4192757A (en) Alkyl phenol solutions of organo molybdenum complexes as friction reducing antiwear additives
US5703023A (en) Lubricants with enhanced low temperature properties
JPH093470A (en) Composition which imparts vibration- resistant friction continuation performance to automatic transmission oil
US20090029888A1 (en) Amine tungstates and lubricant compositions
JPH09125083A (en) Additive composition for lubricant and functional fluid
JPH0860172A (en) Composition containing sulfur compound and specified phosphorus compound and its use in lubricating composition, concentrate and grease
US5700764A (en) Lubricant compositions
EP0493928A1 (en) Lubricating oil compositions, concentrates and the use thereof
JPH093471A (en) Lubricating composition, functional fluid and grease containing thiophosphoric ester or salt thereof having oxyalkylene group and method for using them
JPH10251679A (en) Additive composition reduced in sulfur content and used for lubricant and hydraulic fluid
EP0492934B1 (en) Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof
GB2267098A (en) Lubricants with enhanced low temperature properties
AU657528B2 (en) Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates and the use thereof
CA2009487C (en) Hydroxyalkane phosphonic acids and derivatives thereof and lubricants containing same
EP0335701A2 (en) Lubricating oil composition
AU646516B2 (en) Lubricating oil compositions and concentrations and the use thereof
GB2135989A (en) Stabilization of borated lubricating oil additives
JPH11512117A (en) Lubricants with improved rust resistance

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BE DE ES FR GB IT

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 19921023

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 19930308

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): BE DE ES FR GB IT

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRE;WARNING: LAPSES OF ITALIAN PATENTS WITH EFFECTIVE DATE BEFORE 2007 MAY HAVE OCCURRED AT ANY TIME BEFORE 2007. THE CORRECT EFFECTIVE DATE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE ONE RECORDED.SCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 19940810

Ref country code: FR

Effective date: 19940810

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: THE PATENT HAS BEEN ANNULLED BY A DECISION OF A NATIONAL AUTHORITY

Effective date: 19940810

REF Corresponds to:

Ref document number: 69103390

Country of ref document: DE

Date of ref document: 19940915

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Effective date: 19941111

EN Fr: translation not filed
PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

26N No opposition filed
PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Payment date: 20010104

Year of fee payment: 10

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20011231

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: IF02

BERE Be: lapsed

Owner name: ETHYL PETROLEUM ADDITIVES INC.

Effective date: 20011231

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20051214

Year of fee payment: 15

GBPC Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee

Effective date: 20061217

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061217